Commit Graph

60605 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Oliver Neukum 2b84af94a3 rtl8152: correct speed testing
Allow for SS+ USB

Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <ONeukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:49:34 -04:00
Oliver Neukum ea0798423c usbnet: correct speed testing
Allow for SS+ USB

Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <ONeukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:49:34 -04:00
Oliver Neukum 8caf115c72 brcm80211: correct speed testing
Allow for SS+ USB

Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <ONeukum@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:49:34 -04:00
Manish Chopra c0f31a05f5 qed: Apply tunnel configurations after PF start
Configure and enable various tunnels on the
adapter after PF start.

This change was missed as a part of
'commit 464f664501
("qed: Add infrastructure support for tunneling")'

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:48:32 -04:00
Anna-Maria Gleixner 0e28bf93a2 net: mvneta: Remove superfluous SMP function call
Since commit 3b9d6da67e ("cpu/hotplug: Fix rollback during error-out
in __cpu_disable()") it is ensured that callbacks of CPU_ONLINE and
CPU_DOWN_PREPARE are processed on the hotplugged CPU. Due to this SMP
function calls are no longer required.

Replace smp_call_function_single() with a direct call to
mvneta_percpu_enable() or mvneta_percpu_disable(). The functions do
not require to be called with interrupts disabled, therefore the
smp_call_function_single() calling convention is not preserved.

Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:27:18 -04:00
Joachim Eastwood 0f400a87dc stmmac: dwmac-socfpga: kill init() and rename setup() to set_phy_mode()
Remove old init callback which now contains only a call to
socfpga_dwmac_setup(). Also rename socfpga_dwmac_setup() to indicate
what the function really does.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:22:20 -04:00
Joachim Eastwood 5373724724 stmmac: dwmac-socfpga: call phy_resume() only in resume callback
Calling phy_resume() should only be need during driver resume to
workaround a hardware errata.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:22:20 -04:00
Joachim Eastwood 70cb136f77 stmmac: dwmac-socfpga: keep a copy of stmmac_rst in driver priv data
The dwmac-socfpga driver needs to control the reset usually managed
by the core driver to set the PHY mode. Take a copy of the reset
handle from core priv data so it can be used by the driver later.

This also allow us to move reset handling into socfpga_dwmac_setup()
where the code that needs it is located.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:22:20 -04:00
Joachim Eastwood 56868deece stmmac: dwmac-socfpga: add PM ops and resume function
Implement the needed PM callbacks in the driver instead of
relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.

Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:22:19 -04:00
Joachim Eastwood f4e7bd81b1 stmmac: let remove/resume/suspend functions take device pointer
Change stmmac_remove/resume/suspend to take a device pointer so
they can be used directly by drivers that doesn't need to perform
anything device specific.

This lets us remove the PCI pm functions and later simplifiy the
platform drivers.

Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:22:19 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov ce24c2b8a9 macb: fix mdiobus_scan() error check
Now mdiobus_scan() returns ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) instead of NULL if the PHY
device ID was read as all ones. As this was not  an error before, this
value  should be filtered out now in this driver.

Fixes: b74766a0a0 ("phylib: don't return NULL from get_phy_device()")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:03:09 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov 6dd7454258 pxa168_eth: fix mdiobus_scan() error check
Since mdiobus_scan() returns either an error code or NULL on error, the
driver should check  for both,  not only for NULL, otherwise a crash is
imminent...

Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 15:03:08 -04:00
Matthew Finlay d8cf2dda3d net/mlx5e: Use workqueue for vxlan ops
The vxlan add/delete port NDOs are called under rcu lock.
The current mlx5e implementation can potentially block in these
calls, which is not allowed.  Move to using the mlx5e workqueue
to handle these NDOs.

Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:37:26 -04:00
Matthew Finlay 7bb2975599 net/mlx5e: Implement a mlx5e workqueue
Implement a mlx5e workqueue to handle all mlx5e specific tasks.  Move
all tasks currently using the system workqueue to the new workqueue.
This is in preparation for vxlan using the mlx5e workqueue in order to
schedule port add/remove operations.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:37:26 -04:00
Matthew Finlay 69976fb104 net/mlx5: Kconfig: Fix MLX5_EN/VXLAN build issue
When MLX5_EN=y MLX5_CORE=y and VXLAN=m there is a linker error for
vxlan_get_rx_port() due to the fact that VXLAN is a module. Change Kconfig
to select VXLAN when MLX5_CORE=y. When MLX5_CORE=m there is no dependency
on the value of VXLAN.

Fixes: b3f63c3d5e ('net/mlx5e: Add netdev support for VXLAN tunneling')
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:37:26 -04:00
Gal Pressman 5f8a02a441 net/mlx5: Unmap only the relevant IO memory mapping
When freeing UAR the driver tries to unmap uar->map and uar->bf_map
which are mutually exclusive thus always unmapping a NULL pointer.
Make sure we only call iounmap() once, for the actual mapping.

Fixes: 0ba422410b ('net/mlx5: Fix global UAR mapping')
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Doron Tsur <doront@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:37:25 -04:00
Philippe Reynes e03179fe78 net: ethernet: fec_mpc52xx: move to new ethtool api {get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fec_mpc52xx driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:03:53 -04:00
Philippe Reynes a10cdae0a6 net: ethernet: fs-enet: move to new ethtool api {get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fs-enet driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:03:53 -04:00
Philippe Reynes 5e74bf2d95 net: ethernet: ucc: move to new ethtool api {get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the ucc driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:03:52 -04:00
Philippe Reynes 0d1bcdc74f net: ethernet: gianfar: move to new ethtool api {get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the gianfar driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:03:52 -04:00
Julia Lawall b555a3d1e9 drivers: net: xgene: constify xgene_cle_ops structure
The xgene_cle_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.

Done with the help of Coccinelle.

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 13:03:05 -04:00
Kazuya Mizuguchi 094e43d50d ravb: Remove rx buffer ALIGN
Aligning the reception data size is not required.

Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mizuguchi <kazuya.mizuguchi.ks@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Kaneko <ykaneko0929@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 12:45:13 -04:00
Jes Sorensen e1ca790c8a rtl8xxxu: Remove the now obsolete mbox_ext_reg info from rtl8xxxu_fileops
With two different h2c_cmd() functions, mbox_ext_reg and
mbox_ext_width are no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:24 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 27c7e89ea7 rtl8xxxu: rtl8xxxu_prepare_calibrate() is never used on gen1
Rename it to rtl8xxxu_gen2_prepare_calibrate() and remove the calls to
it from rtl8xxxu_gen1_phy_iq_calibrate()

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:23 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 9c0343d4f4 rtl8xxxu: Split rtl8723a_h2c_cmd() into a gen1 and a gen2 version
The H2C API is completely different between gen1 and gen2 parts, so
there is little point trying to treat this as a generic function. All
calls to *_h2c_cmd() will always come from a gen1 or a gen2 specific
function.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:22 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 993dd9b425 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_disabled_to_emu() to rtl8xxxu_disabled_to_emu()
This function is generic to most of the chips, so change the name to
reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:21 +03:00
Jes Sorensen a46b099ca7 rtl8xxxu: rename rtl8723a_channel_group() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_channel_to_group()
This function is generic for most (if not all) gen1 parts, so rename
it to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:20 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 97db5a87b0 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_stop_tx_beacon() to rtl8xxxu_stop_tx_beacon()
There is nothing 8723au specific about this function, so rename it to
reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:19 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 181725dd4f rtl8xxxu: move rtl8188[cr] and rtl8192c related code into rtl8xxxu_8192c.c
This moves the code for rtl8188c, rtl8188r, and rtl8192c into it's own
file. This is purely a code moving exercise, there is no change to the
code itself.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:18 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 20e3b2e97e rtl8xxxu: move rtl8723a related code into rtl8xxxu_8723a.c
This moves the rtl8723a code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.

This device specific file is a lot smaller since the gen1 chips
(8723a, 8188c, 8188r, 8192c) share a lot more common code than the
gen2 chips.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:17 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 6c46ca3b5f rtl8xxxu: move rtl8723b related code into rtl8xxxu_8723b.c
This moves the rtl8723b code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no functional changes. This did expose
rtl723a_h2c_cmd() as a function that should be refactored into a gen1
and a gen2 version.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:15 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 599119f683 rtl8xxxu: move rtl8192e related code into rtl8xxxu_8192e.c
This moves the rtl8192e code into it's own file. This is purely a code
moving exercise, no code changes.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:14 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 6c60e65cd0 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8xxxu.c to rtl8xxxu_core.c
This renames the core file to rtl8xxxu_core.c in order to allow us to
keep the module nake rtl8xxxu.ko when refactoring the code into
multiple files.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:07:10 +03:00
Denys Vlasenko aae555d302 rtlwifi: rtl818x: Deinline indexed IO functions, save 21568 bytes
rtl818x_ioread8_idx: 151 bytes, 29 calls
rtl818x_ioread16_idx: 151 bytes, 11 calls
rtl818x_ioread32_idx: 151 bytes, 5 calls
rtl818x_iowrite8_idx: 157 bytes, 117 calls
rtl818x_iowrite16_idx: 158 bytes, 74 calls
rtl818x_iowrite32_idx: 157 bytes, 22 calls

Each of these functions has a pair of mutex lock/unlock ops,
both of these ops perform atomic updates of memory (on x86, it boils down to
"lock cmpxchg %reg,mem" insn), which are 4-8 times more expensive than call+return.

    text     data      bss       dec     hex filename
95894242 20860288 35991552 152746082 91ab862 vmlinux_before
95872674 20860320 35991552 152724546 91a6442 vmlinux

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
CC: Chaoming Li <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-05-03 13:05:14 +03:00
David S. Miller ede00a5ceb wireless-drivers patches for 4.7
Major changes:
 
 brcmfmac
 
 * add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
 
 mwifiex
 
 * add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
 
 ath10k
 
 * implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
 * remove rare MSI range support
 * remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
 
 ath9k
 
 * add module parameter to invert LED polarity
 
 wcn36xx
 
 * fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXJztPAAoJEG4XJFUm622beSAIAKIw8zGcs7DWd/AGd9z8D7L5
 DeO6fxhiu/05AU3d1jM7Rp/Z5hZ42s41PDjRN1lkZJaF4Squa7XOxuB35JlPd+o8
 2S21lvaM6ABraSEcDdYL++rglXFL65gIesv/W4TuxqdJCmi9fL7ie7ccplQH17bi
 KyY3ePihHZPOR8aXMRbdEzTEjjPFaO/LlAghHPw5WKmVy7FkFKSyFR8muFEPnKEl
 DSBWmG6GqRQaHUuVl1QOmoEEqiv7h85D+YqwKiy/xEM4Yw5Rmt5n5pj02KA0i4y5
 IRZs59I/8zdAgDgBd+liVeBw9Gp2xAV5R8afOTdzViBDrqCbDCwNq6OPG1GmkLw=
 =lyGT
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-05-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers patches for 4.7

Major changes:

brcmfmac

* add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature

mwifiex

* add platform specific wakeup interrupt support

ath10k

* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support

ath9k

* add module parameter to invert LED polarity

wcn36xx

* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 00:35:16 -04:00
Iyappan Subramanian 2a37daa634 drivers: net: xgene: Get channel number from device binding
This patch gets ethernet to CPU channel (prefetch buffer number) from
the newly added 'channel' property, thus decoupling Linux driver from
resource management.

Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 16:47:54 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru 16f46bf054 qede: add implementation for internal loopback test.
This patch adds the qede implementation for internal loopback test.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 00:16:39 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru 3044a02eeb qede: add support for selftests.
This patch adds the qede ethtool support for the following tests:
- interrupt test
- memory test
- register test
- clock test

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 00:16:39 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru 03dc76ca1e qed: add infrastructure for device self tests.
This patch adds the functionality and APIs needed for selftests.
It adds the ability to configure the link-mode which is required for the
implementation of loopback tests. It adds the APIs for clock test,
register test, interrupt test and memory test.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 00:16:39 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 158bc065f2 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: replace ds with ps where possible
The dsa_switch structure ds is actually needed in very few places,
mostly during setup of the switch. The private structure ps is however
needed nearly everywhere. Pass ps, not ds internally.

[vd: rebased Andrew's patch.]

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 00:16:23 -04:00
David S. Miller 8cd14ccbfd Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-01

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.

The theme of this series is code reduction, with several code cleanups in
this series.  Starting with Neerav's removal of the code that implemented
the HMC AQ APIs and calls, since they are now obsolete and not supported
by firmware.

Anjali changes the default of VFs to make sure they are not trusted or
privileged until its explicitly set for trust through the new NDO op
interface.  Also limited the number of MAC and VLAN addresses a VF can
add if it is untrusted/privileged.

Carolyn syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings, which ends up cleaning up much of the existing code.

Jesse cleans up compiler warnings which were found with gcc's W=2 option.
Then removed duplicate code, especially since only one copy was actually
being used.

Jacob addresses an issue which was found when testing GCC 6's which
happens to produce new warnings when you left shift a signed value
beyond the storage sizeof the type.  The converts i40e & i40evf to use
the BIT() macro more consistently.

Alex actually bucks the trend of code removal by adding support for
both drivers to use GSO_PARTIAL so that segmentation of frames with
checksums enabled in outer headers is supported.  Fortunately it does
not take much to add this support!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-01 23:38:49 -04:00
Michal Schmidt 0b86a2a1e5 cxgb3: fix out of bounds read
An out of bounds read of 2 bytes was discovered in cxgb3 with KASAN.

t3_config_rss() expects both arrays it gets as parameters to have
terminators. setup_rss(), the caller, forgets to add a terminator to
one of the arrays. Thankfully the iteration in t3_config_rss() stops
anyway, but in the last iteration the check for the terminator
is an out of bounds read.

Add the missing terminator to rspq_map[].

Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-01 20:59:43 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann c489565b53 net/smscx5xx: use the device tree for mac address
This takes the MAC address for smsc75xx/smsc95xx USB network devices
from a the device tree. This is required to get a usable persistent
address on the popular beagleboard, whose hardware designers
accidentally forgot that an ethernet device really requires an a
MAC address to be functional.

The Raspberry Pi also ships smsc9514 without a serial EEPROM, stores
the MAC address in ROM accessible via VC4 firmware.

The smsc75xx and smsc95xx drivers are just two copies of the
same code, so better fix both.

[lkundrak@v3.sk: updated to use of_get_property() as per suggestion from
Arnd, reworded the message and comments a bit]

Tested-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-01 20:57:45 -04:00
Marek Vasut 70e927b98b mdio_bus: Fix MDIO bus scanning in __mdiobus_register()
Since commit b74766a0a0 ("phylib: don't return NULL
from get_phy_device()") in linux-next, phy_get_device() will return
ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) instead of NULL if the PHY device ID is all ones.

This causes problem with stmmac driver and likely some other drivers
which call mdiobus_register(). I triggered this bug on SoCFPGA MCVEVK
board with linux-next 20160427 and 20160428. In case of the stmmac, if
there is no PHY node specified in the DT for the stmmac block, the stmmac
driver ( drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_mdio.c function
stmmac_mdio_register() ) will call mdiobus_register() , which will
register the MDIO bus and probe for the PHY.

The mdiobus_register() resp. __mdiobus_register() iterates over all of
the addresses on the MDIO bus and calls mdiobus_scan() for each of them,
which invokes get_phy_device(). Before the aforementioned patch, the
mdiobus_scan() would return NULL if no PHY was found on a given address
and mdiobus_register() would continue and try the next PHY address. Now,
mdiobus_scan() returns ERR_PTR(-ENODEV), which is caught by the
'if (IS_ERR(phydev))' condition and the loop exits immediately if the
PHY address does not contain PHY.

Repair this by explicitly checking for the ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) and if this
error comes around, continue with the next PHY address.

Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-01 20:50:08 -04:00
Alexander Duyck 1c7b4a23d1 i40e/i40evf: Add support for GSO partial with UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM and GRE_CSUM
This patch makes it so that i40e and i40evf can use GSO_PARTIAL to support
segmentation for frames with checksums enabled in outer headers.  As a
result we can now send data over these types of tunnels at over 20Gb/s
versus the 12Gb/s that was previously possible on my system.

The advantage with the i40e parts is that this offload is mostly
transparent as the hardware still deals with the inner and/or outer IPv4
headers so the IP ID is still incrementing for both when this offload is
performed.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:16 -07:00
Jacob Keller ae63bff0d7 i40evf: make use of BIT() macro to avoid signed left shift
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:08 -07:00
Jacob Keller 2101bac2d4 i40e: make use of BIT() macro to prevent left shift of signed values
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:08 -07:00
Jacob Keller dcb57456e7 i40e/i40evf: fix I40E_MASK signed shift overflow warnings
GCC 6 has a new warning which will display when you attempt to left
shift a signed value beyond the storage size of the type. I40E_MASK
generates a mask value for 32bit registers. Properly typecast the mask
value and place the values in parenthesis to prevent macro expansion
issues.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:08 -07:00
Harshitha Ramamurthy 5a6fc256e7 i40e/i40evf : Bump driver version from 1.5.5 to 1.5.10
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:07 -07:00
Catherine Sullivan a3aa5036cf i40e: Update device ids for X722
Add a device ID for X722.

Change-Id: I574f2345ab341de98a6a1c212d0603af853e48b0
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:07 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg de38fef610 i40e: Drop extra copy of function
i40e_release_rx_desc was in two files, but was only used
and needed in txrx.c.  Get rid of the extra copy.

Change-Id: I86e18239aa03531fc198b6c052847475084a9200
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:06 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg a1b5a24fcc i40e: Use consistent type for vf_id
The driver was all over the place using signed or unsigned types
for vf_id, when it should always be signed.

This fixes warnings of type unsafe comparisons from gcc with W=2.

Change-Id: I2cb681f83d0f68ca124d2e4131e4ac0d9f8a6b22
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:06 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg cdc3d93257 i40e: PTP - avoid aggregate return warnings
Aggregate return warnings are when struct types are returned
and must be copied to the lvalue with a struct copy by the compiler.

This fixes warnings of type aggregate-return from gcc with W=2.

Change-Id: I896b1bf514544bf0faeb458869d79914b9f1b168
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:06 -07:00
Catherine Sullivan 3ed439c56e i40e: Fix uninitialized variable
We have an uninitialized variable warning for valid_len for one case in
validate_vf_mesg. To fix this, just initialize it to 0 at the top of the
function and remove all of the now redundant assignments to 0 in the
individual cases.

Change-Id: Iacbd97f4c521ed8d662eef803a598d8707708cfd
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:05 -07:00
Carolyn Wyborny b29699b399 i40evf: RSS Hash Option parameters
This patch syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings.  Since the VF still cannot change the RSS hash
settings, change the code to make this clear to the user.  Previously,
the default settings were returned in this function. However, the
default can be changed by the PF so this does not make sense anymore.

Change-Id: I085eaf005fc7978b440d2a1bf2b2dd7cadaff39b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:05:05 -07:00
Neerav Parikh 2b79c58d80 i40e: Remove HMC AQ API implementation
Remove the code that implements the HMC AQ APIs and call these APIs.
This is done because these are obsolete APIs and are not supported
by firmware.

Change-ID: I5d771d8f37c3e16e7b0a972ff9b27e75aa2d05d4
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:03:55 -07:00
Anjali Singhai Jain a856b5cb83 i40e: Prevent falling to promiscuous if the VF is not trusted
With this change a non trusted VF can never fall to promiscuous
mode when there is no room for a MAC/VLAN filter.

Change-Id: I8a155aa25c0bcdc6093414920c9ade4ee0bd20e8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:03:37 -07:00
Anjali Singhai Jain 5f527ba962 i40e: Limit the number of MAC and VLAN addresses that can be added for VFs
If the VF is privileged/trusted it can do as it may please including
but not limited to hogging resources and playing unfair.
But if the VF is not privileged/trusted it still can add some number
(8) of MAC and VLAN addresses.
Other restrictions with respect to Port VLAN and normal VLAN still apply
to not privileged/trusted VF.

Change-Id: I3a9529201b184c8873e1ad2e300aff468c9e6296
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 17:03:03 -07:00
Anjali Singhai Jain 692fb0a75e i40e: Change the default for VFs to be not privileged
Make sure a VF is not trusted/privileged until its explicitly
set for trust through the new NDO op interface.

Change-Id: I476385c290d2b4901d8fceb29de43546accdc499
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-01 14:07:20 -07:00
Peter Hurley 97ef38b821 tty: Replace TTY_THROTTLED bit tests with tty_throttled()
Abstract TTY_THROTTLED bit tests with tty_throttled().

Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2016-04-30 09:26:55 -07:00
Maor Gottlieb 45bf454ae8 net/mlx5e: Enabling aRFS mechanism
Accelerated RFS requires that ntuple filtering is enabled via
ethtool and driver supports ndo_rx_flow_steer.
When the ntuple filtering is enabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc
rules to point on the aRFS flow tables and when the filtering
is disabled, we modify the l3_l4 ttc rules to point on the RSS
TIRs.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:12 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb 18c908e477 net/mlx5e: Add accelerated RFS support
Implement ndo_rx_flow_steer ndo.
A new flow steering rule will be composed from the
skb 4-tuple and added to the hardware aRFS flow table.

Each rule is stored in an internal hash table, if such
skb 4-tuple rule already exists we update the corresponding
hardware steering rule with the new destination.

For garbage collection rps_may_expire_flow will be
invoked for a limited amount of old rules upon any
ndo_rx_flow_steer invocation.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:11 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb 1cabe6b096 net/mlx5e: Create aRFS flow tables
Create the following four flow tables for aRFS usage:
1. IPv4 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 TCP packets.
2. IPv6 TCP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 TCP packets.
3. IPv4 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv4 UDP packets.
4. IPv6 UDP - filtering 4-tuple of IPv6 UDP packets.

Each flow table has two flow groups: one for the 4-tuple
filtering (full match)  and the other contains * rule for miss rule.

Full match rule means a hit for aRFS and packet will be forwarded
to the dedicated RQ/Core, miss rule packets will be forwarded to
default RSS hashing.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:11 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb 5a7b27eb9c net/mlx5: Initializing CPU reverse mapping
Allocating CPU rmap and add entry for each IRQ.
CPU rmap is used in aRFS to get the RX queue number
of the RX completion interrupts.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:11 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb 33cfaaa8f3 net/mlx5e: Split the main flow steering table
Currently, the main flow table is used for two purposes:
One is to do mac filtering and the other is to classify
the packet l3-l4 header in order to steer the packet to
the right RSS TIR.

This design is very complex, for each configured mac address we
have to add eleven rules (rule for each traffic type), the same if the
device is put to promiscuous/allmulti mode.
This scheme isn't scalable for future features like aRFS.

In order to simplify it, the main flow table is split to two flow
tables:
1. l2 table - filter the packet dmac address, if there is a match
we forward to the ttc flow table.

2. TTC (Traffic Type Classifier) table - classify the traffic
type of the packet and steer the packet to the right TIR.

In this new design, when new mac address is added, the driver adds
only one flow rule instead of eleven.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:11 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb acff797cd1 net/mlx5e: Refactor mlx5e flow steering structs
Slightly refactor and re-order the flow steering structs,
tables and data-bases for better self-containment and
flexibility to add more future steering phases
(tables/rules/data bases) e.g: aRFS.

Changes:
1. Move the vlan DB and address DB into their table structs.
2. Rename steering table structs to unique format: mlx5e_*_table,
e.g: mlx5e_vlan_table.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:10 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb 13de6c106c net/mlx5: Support different attributes for priorities in namespace
Currently, namespace could be initialized only
with priorities with the same attributes.
Add support to initialize namespace with priorities
with different attributes(e.g. different number of levels).

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:10 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb d63cd28608 net/mlx5: Add user chosen levels when allocating flow tables
Currently, consumers of the flow steering infrastructure can't
choose their own flow table levels and are limited to one
flow table per level. This just waste levels.
Instead, we introduce here the possibility to use multiple
flow tables in a level. The user is free to connect these
flow tables, while following the rule (FTEs in FT of level x
could only point to FTs of level y where y > x).

In addition this patch switch the order of the create/destroy
flow tables of the NIC(vlan and main).

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:09 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb a257b94a18 net/mlx5: Set number of allowed levels in priority
Refactors the flow steering namespace creation,
by changing the name num_fts to num_levels.
When new flow table is created, the driver assign new level
to this flow table therefore the meaning is equivalent.
Since downstream patches will introduce the ability to create more
than one flow table per level, the name num_fts is no
longer accurate.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:09 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb d745098ced net/mlx5: Introduce modify flow rule destination
This API is used for modifying the flow rule destination.
This is needed for modifying the pointed flow table by the
traffic type classifier rules to point on the aRFS tables.

Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:08 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 1da366964e net/mlx5e: Direct TIR per RQ
Introduce new TIRs for direct access per RQ.
Now we have 2 available kinds of TIRs:
	- indirect TIR per traffic type, each points to one RQT (RSS RQT)
          same as before.
	- New direct TIR per RQ, each points to RQT with a size of one
          that forwards packets to that RQ only.

Driver will open max channels (num cores) direct TIRs by default,
they will be filled with the actual RQs once channels are allocated.

Needed for downstream aRFS and ethtool direct steering functionalities.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:08 -04:00
Matthew Finlay 01a14098d3 net/mlx5e: Call vxlan_get_rx_port() with rtnl lock
Hold the rtnl lock when calling vxlan_get_rx_port().

Fixes: b7aade1548 ("vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Finlay <matt@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:29:08 -04:00
Michael Heimpold 2dd355a007 net: ethernet: enc28j60: add device tree support
The following patch adds the required match table for device tree support
(and while at, fix the indent). It's also possible to specify the
MAC address in the DT blob.

Also add the corresponding binding documentation file.

Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:23:02 -04:00
Michael Heimpold 2957a28a0e net: ethernet: enc28j60: support half-duplex SPI controllers
The current spi_read_buf function fails on SPI host masters which
are only half-duplex capable. Splitting the Tx and Rx part solves
this issue.

Tested on Raspberry Pi (full duplex) and I2SE Duckbill (half duplex).

Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:23:02 -04:00
Guillaume Nault 96d934c70d ppp: add rtnetlink device creation support
Define PPP device handler for use with rtnetlink.
The only PPP specific attribute is IFLA_PPP_DEV_FD. It is mandatory and
contains the file descriptor of the associated /dev/ppp instance (the
file descriptor which would have been used for ioctl(PPPIOCNEWUNIT) in
the ioctl-based API). The PPP device is removed when this file
descriptor is released (same behaviour as with ioctl based PPP
devices).

PPP devices created with the rtnetlink API behave like the ones created
with ioctl(PPPIOCNEWUNIT). In particular existing ioctls work the same
way, no matter how the PPP device was created.
The rtnl callbacks are also assigned to ioctl based PPP devices. This
way, rtnl messages have the same effect on any PPP devices.
The immediate effect is that all PPP devices, even ioctl-based
ones, can now be removed with "ip link del".

A minor difference still exists between ioctl and rtnl based PPP
interfaces: in the device name, the number following the "ppp" prefix
corresponds to the PPP unit number for ioctl based devices, while it is
just an unrelated incrementing index for rtnl ones.

Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:09:44 -04:00
Guillaume Nault 7d9f0b4874 ppp: define reusable device creation functions
Move PPP device initialisation and registration out of
ppp_create_interface().
This prepares code for device registration with rtnetlink.

While there, simplify the prototype of ppp_create_interface():

  * Since ppp_dev_configure() takes care of setting file->private_data,
    there's no need to return a ppp structure to ppp_unattached_ioctl()
    anymore.

  * The unit parameter is made read/write so that ppp_create_interface()
    can tell which unit number has been assigned.

Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 16:09:44 -04:00
Alexandre TORGUE ac1f74a7fc net: ethernet: stmmac: update MDIO support for GMAC4
On new GMAC4 IP, MAC_MDIO_address register has been updated, and bitmaps
changed. This patch takes into account those changes.

Signed-off-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 15:14:24 -04:00
Jiri Benc 65226ef8ea vxlan: fix initialization with custom link parameters
Commit 0c867c9bf8 ("vxlan: move Ethernet initialization to a separate
function") changed initialization order and as an unintended result, when the
user specifies additional link parameters (such as IFLA_ADDRESS) while
creating vxlan interface, those are overwritten by vxlan_ether_setup later.

It's necessary to call ether_setup from withing the ->setup callback. That
way, the correct parameters are set by rtnl_create_link later. This is done
also for VXLAN-GPE, as we don't know the interface type yet at that point,
and changed to the correct interface type later.

Fixes: 0c867c9bf8 ("vxlan: move Ethernet initialization to a separate function")
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 15:08:56 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai ae7b757622 cxgb4vf: Add support to enable logging of firmware mailbox commands for VF
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump firmware mailbox commands
and replies for debugging purpose.

Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 13:41:46 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai 7f080c3f2f cxgb4: Add support to enable logging of firmware mailbox commands
Add new /sys/kernel/debug/ support to dump a firmware mailbox command
issued and replies for debugging purpose.

Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 13:41:46 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 0211b8fb5d net: hns: change port-id property to reg property in dsaf port node
Indexes should generally be avoided. So we use reg rather than port-id to
index ports.

Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 13:39:03 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 1ffdfac99f net: hns: remove cpld-ctrl-reg and add cell in the cpld-syscon property
Because cpld-ctrl-reg property is offset base on cpld-syscon property,
we make it as a cell in the cpld-syscon property.

Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-29 13:39:02 -04:00
David Rivshin 06cd6d6eda drivers: net: cpsw: use of_phy_connect() in fixed-link case
If a fixed-link DT subnode is used, the phy_device was looked up so
that a PHY ID string could be constructed and passed to phy_connect().
This is not necessary, as the device_node can be passed directly to
of_phy_connect() instead. This reuses the same codepath as if the
phy-handle DT property was used.

Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:27:30 -04:00
David Rivshin ae092b5bde drivers: net: cpsw: don't ignore phy-mode if phy-handle is used
The phy-mode emac property was only being processed in the phy_id
or fixed-link cases. However if phy-handle was specified instead,
an error message would complain about the lack of phy_id or
fixed-link, and then jump past the of_get_phy_mode(). This would
result in the PHY mode defaulting to MII, regardless of what the
devicetree specified.

Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:27:30 -04:00
David Rivshin d733f7542a drivers: net: cpsw: fix segfault in case of bad phy-handle
If an emac node has a phy-handle property that points to something
which is not a phy, then a segmentation fault will occur when the
interface is brought up. This is because while phy_connect() will
return ERR_PTR() on failure, of_phy_connect() will return NULL.
The common error check uses IS_ERR(), and so missed when
of_phy_connect() fails. The NULL pointer is then dereferenced.

Also, the common error message referenced slave->data->phy_id,
which would be empty in the case of phy-handle. Instead, use the
name of the device_node as a useful identifier. And in the phy_id
case add the error code for completeness.

Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:27:29 -04:00
David Rivshin 552165bcf7 drivers: net: cpsw: fix parsing of phy-handle DT property in dual_emac config
Commit 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add
phy-handle parsing") saved the "phy-handle" phandle into a new cpsw_priv
field. However, phy connections are per-slave, so the phy_node field should
be in cpsw_slave_data rather than cpsw_priv.

This would go unnoticed in a single emac configuration. But in dual_emac
mode, the last "phy-handle" property parsed for either slave would be used
by both of them, causing them both to refer to the same phy_device.

Fixes: 9e42f71526 ("drivers: net: cpsw: add phy-handle parsing")
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Chauvet <kwizart@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:27:29 -04:00
Mahesh Bandewar 494e8489db ipvlan: Fix failure path in dev registration during link creation
When newlink creation fails at device-registration, the port->count
is decremented twice. Francesco Ruggeri (fruggeri@arista.com) found
this issue in Macvlan and the same exists in IPvlan driver too.

While fixing this issue I noticed another issue of missing unregister
in case of failure, so adding it to the fix which is similar to the
macvlan fix by Francesco in commit 3083796075 ("macvlan: fix failure
during registration v3")

Reported-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:23:08 -04:00
françois romieu 222e4d0b13 pch_gbe: replace private tx ring lock with common netif_tx_lock
pch_gbe_tx_ring.tx_lock is only used in the hard_xmit handler and
in the transmit completion reaper called from NAPI context.

Compile-tested only. Potential victims Cced.

Someone more knowledgeable may check if pch_gbe_tx_queue could
have some use for a mmiowb.

Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Darren Hart <dvhart@infradead.org>
Cc: Andy Cress <andy.cress@us.kontron.com>
Cc: bryan@fossetcon.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:19:58 -04:00
Petko Manolov 1a8deec09d pegasus: fixes reported packet length
The default Pegasus setup was to append the status and CRC at the end of each
received packet.  The status bits are used to update various stats, but CRC has
been ignored.  The new default is to not append CRC at the end of RX packets.

Signed-off-by: Petko Manolov <petkan@mip-labs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:05:25 -04:00
Petko Manolov b7302ca058 pegasus: fixes URB buffer allocation size;
usb_fill_bulk_urb() receives buffer length parameter 8 bytes larger
than what's allocated by alloc_skb(); This seems to be a problem with
older (pegasus usb-1.1) devices, which may silently return more data
than the maximal packet length.

Reported-by: Lincoln Ramsay <a1291762@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Petko Manolov <petkan@mip-labs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:05:24 -04:00
Timur Tabi a05d7dfc51 net: phy: at803x: only the AT8030 needs a hardware reset on link change
Commit 13a56b44 ("at803x: Add support for hardware reset") added a
work-around for a hardware bug on the AT8030.  However, the work-around
was being called for all 803x PHYs, even those that don't need it.
Function at803x_link_change_notify() checks to make sure that it only
resets the PHY on the 8030, but it makes more sense to not call that
function at all if it isn't needed.

Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:48:21 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann 6b87663fbe net/mlx5e: avoid stack overflow in mlx5e_open_channels
struct mlx5e_channel_param is a large structure that is allocated
on the stack of mlx5e_open_channels, and with a recent change
it has grown beyond the warning size for the maximum stack
that a single function should use:

mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c: In function 'mlx5e_open_channels':
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:1325:1: error: the frame size of 1072 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]

The function is already using dynamic allocation and is not in
a fast path, so the easiest workaround is to use another kzalloc
for allocating the channel parameters.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: d3c9bc2743 ("net/mlx5e: Added ICO SQs")
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:46:59 -04:00
Jason Wang 3df97ba830 tuntap: calculate rps hash only when needed
There's no need to calculate rps hash if it was not enabled. So this
patch export rps_needed and check it before trying to get rps
hash. Tests (using pktgen to inject packets to guest) shows this can
improve pps about 13% (when rps is disabled).

Before:
~1150000 pps
After:
~1300000 pps

Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
----
Changes from V1:
- Fix build when CONFIG_RPS is not set
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:38:54 -04:00
Christophe Jaillet eb63efb4f2 ps3_gelic: fix memcpy parameter
The size allocated for target->hwinfo and the number of bytes copied in it
should be consistent.

Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:37:56 -04:00
Woojung Huh 14437e3fa2 lan78xx: workaround of forced 100 Full/Half duplex mode error
At forced 100 Full & Half duplex mode, chip may fail to set mode correctly
when cable is switched between long(~50+m) and short one.
As workaround, set to 10 before setting to 100 at forced 100 F/H mode.

Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:36:12 -04:00
Woojung Huh 74d79a2e30 lan78xx: fix statistics counter error
Fix rx_bytes, tx_bytes and tx_frames error in netdev.stats.
- rx_bytes counted bytes excluding size of struct ethhdr.
- tx_packets didn't count multiple packets in a single urb
- tx_bytes included 8 bytes of extra commands.

Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:36:11 -04:00
Colin Ian King 1d9619d533 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix uninitialized error return
The error return err is not initialized and there is a possibility
that err is not assigned causing mv88e6xxx_port_bridge_join to
return a garbage error return status. Fix this by initializing err
to 0.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:29:20 -04:00
Neil Armstrong 62522ef3c3 net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix devioctl while in fixed link
When configured in fixed link, the DaVinci emac driver sets the
priv->phydev to NULL and further ioctl calls to the phy_mii_ioctl()
causes the kernel to crash.

Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1bb6aa56bb ("net: davinci_emac: Add support for fixed-link PHY")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 15:51:25 -04:00
David S. Miller eee66af857 wireless-drivers fixes for 4.6
ath9k
 
 * fix a couple release old throughput regression on ar9281
 
 iwlwifi
 
 * add new device IDs for 8265
 * fix a NULL pointer dereference when paging firmware asserts
 * remove a WARNING on gscan capabilities
 * fix MODULE_FIRMWARE for 8260
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXHjlZAAoJEG4XJFUm622brcgIAJ127uU9S/X3oM2EK76TdbV+
 yZnp8Te57bK+ypXRP7YMaL7gevR3q9TEzQkY6ZQ0iMCZenQouxB/Wg9xBZjJ/ny0
 dlVtmwM2sSvYdieTSftKGWLg3FH0FaJ1VXCJirLwrbs4Hbi2FqcGKMrLxflpqgW2
 m1FkTZzCbjokaHZgoWJmlDM/UbPtTz8BJgLICRd7hJ4jJ2Mi2k32LCSxsXn0GbUG
 naS6bDUGBcKjly9PKomY9y+rj897lm/m3rGKFJPkX/T7Klb1UMBLCj8NQIyF+/AX
 vu1fLxMwlFyXnmRJAFPyj9T2Vok3aDjRuA9xck3MufxOFjOhEGJiPjZV3wNNFj8=
 =aDY4
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-04-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers

Kalle Valo says:

====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.6

ath9k

* fix a couple release old throughput regression on ar9281

iwlwifi

* add new device IDs for 8265
* fix a NULL pointer dereference when paging firmware asserts
* remove a WARNING on gscan capabilities
* fix MODULE_FIRMWARE for 8260
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 14:23:27 -04:00
Jon Cooper dcb4123cbe sfc: disable RSS when unsupported
When certain firmware variants are selected (via the sfboot utility) the
SFC7000 and SFC8000 series NICs don't support RSS. The driver still
tries (and fails) to insert filters with the RSS flag, and the NIC fails
to pass traffic.

When the firmware reports RSS_LIMITED suppress allocating a default RSS
context. The absence of an RSS context is picked up in filter insertion
and RSS flags are discarded.

Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 14:21:15 -04:00
Stanislaw Gruszka 4be2b49e28 myri10ge: fix sleeping with bh disabled
napi_disable() can not be called with bh disabled, move locking just
around myri10ge_ss_lock_napi() .

Patches fixes following bug:

[  114.278378] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/dev.c:4383
<snip>
[  114.313712] Call Trace:
[  114.314943]  [<ffffffff817010ce>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[  114.317673]  [<ffffffff810ce7f3>] __might_sleep+0x173/0x230
[  114.320566]  [<ffffffff815b3117>] napi_disable+0x27/0x90
[  114.323254]  [<ffffffffa01e437f>] myri10ge_close+0xbf/0x3f0 [myri10ge]

Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 14:21:14 -04:00
Masanari Iida c01e01597c treewide: Fix typos in printk
This patch fix spelling typos in printk from various part
of the codes.

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2016-04-28 10:52:28 +02:00
David S. Miller 2995aea5b6 Merge branch '40GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-27

This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.

Alex Duyck cleans up the feature flags since they are becoming pretty
"massive", the primary change being that we now build our features list
around hw_encap_features.  Added support for IPIP and SIT offloads,
which should improvement in throughput for IPIP and SIT tunnels with
the offload enabled.

Mitch adds support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs, which removes
the burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers and improves future compatibility.  Fix to ensure that we do not
panic by checking that the vsi_res pointer is valid before dereferencing
it, after which we can drink beer and eat peanuts.

Shannon does come housekeeping in i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() in preparation
for more cloud filter work.  Added flexibility to the nvmupdate
facility by adding the ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on
after Exec_AQ request.

Michal adds device capability which defines if an update is available and
if a security check is needed during the update process.

Kamil just adds a device id to support X722 QSFP+ device.

Greg fixes an issue where a mirror rule ID may be zero, so do not return
invalid parameter when the user passes in a zero for a rule ID.  Adds
support to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag alone while being in
promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC addresses.

Jesse fixes the driver from offloading the VLAN tag into the skb any
time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was enabled, to
making sure it is enabled before put_tag.

v2: Dropped patch 8 ("i40e: Allow user to change input set mask for flow
    director") while Kiran reworks a more generalized solution based
    on feedback from David Miller.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 21:59:08 -04:00
Akinobu Mita 35ef7d689d net: w5100: support W5500
This adds support for W5500 chip.

W5500 has similar register and memory organization with W5100 and W5200.
There are a few important differences listed below but it is still
possible to share common code with W5100 and W5200.

* W5500 register and memory are organized by multiple blocks.  Each one
is selected by 16bits offset address and 5bits block select bits.

But the existing register access operations take u16 address.  This change
extends the addess by u32 address and put offset address to lower 16bits
and block select bits to upper 16bits.

This change also adds the offset addresses for socket register and TX/RX
memory blocks to the driver private data structure in order to reduce
conditional switches for each chip.

* W5500 has the different register offset for socket interrupt mask
register.  Newly added internal functions w5100_enable_intr() and
w5100_disable_intr() take care of the diffrence.

* W5500 has the different register offset for retry time-value register.
But this register is only used to verify that the reset value is correctly
read at initialization.  So move the verification to w5100_hw_reset()
which already does different things for different chips.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 21:55:45 -04:00
Michael Chan 89d0a06c51 bnxt_en: Divide a page into 32K buffers for the aggregation ring if necessary.
If PAGE_SIZE is bigger than BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE, that means the native CPU
page is bigger than the maximum length of the RX BD.  Divide the page
into multiple 32K buffers for the aggregation ring.

Add an offset field in the bnxt_sw_rx_agg_bd struct to keep track of the
page offset of each buffer.  Since each page can be referenced by multiple
buffer entries, call get_page() as needed to get the proper reference
count.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 16:18:45 -04:00
Michael Chan 2839f28bd5 bnxt_en: Limit RX BD pages to be no bigger than 32K.
The RX BD length field of this device is 16-bit, so the largest buffer
size is 65535.  For LRO and GRO, we allocate native CPU pages for the
aggregation ring buffers.  It won't work if the native CPU page size is
64K or bigger.

We fix this by defining BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE to be native CPU page size
up to 32K.  Replace PAGE_SIZE with BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE in all appropriate
places related to the rx aggregation ring logic.

The next patch will add additional logic to divide the page into 32K
chunks for aggrgation ring buffers if PAGE_SIZE is bigger than
BNXT_RX_PAGE_SIZE.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 16:18:45 -04:00
Michael Chan 1fa72e29e1 bnxt_en: Don't fallback to INTA on VF.
Only MSI-X can be used on a VF.  The driver should fail initialization
if it cannot successfully enable MSI-X.

Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 16:18:45 -04:00
Anjali Singhai Jain 47d3483988 i40evf: Add driver support for promiscuous mode
Add necessary Linux Ethernet driver support for promiscuous mode
operation. Add a flag so the VF knows it is in promiscuous mode
and two state flags to discreetly track multicast and unicast
promiscuous states.

Change-Id: Ib2f2dc7a7582304fec90fc917ebb7ded21ba1de4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:06:01 -07:00
Anjali Singhai Jain 5676a8b9cd i40e: Add VF promiscuous mode driver support
Add infrastructure for Network Function Virtualization VLAN tagged
packet steering feature.

Change-Id: I9b873d8fcc253858e6baba65ac68ec5b9363944e
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:05:57 -07:00
Greg Rose 6c41a76069 i40e: Add promiscuous on VLAN support
NFV use cases require the ability to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag
alone while being in promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC
addresses.  These two new functions support that ability.

Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:05:53 -07:00
Jesse Brandeburg a149f2c323 i40e/i40evf: Only offload VLAN tag if enabled
The driver was offloading the VLAN tag into the skb
any time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was
enabled.  Just check to make sure it's enabled before put_tag.

Change-Id: Ife95290c06edd9a616393b38679923938b382241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:05:47 -07:00
Greg Rose db0772782f i40e: Remove zero check
A mirror rule ID may be zero so do not return invalid parameter when the
user passes in a zero value for a rule ID.

Change-ID: I261b8c24725ce2c6ed32f859da81093dfcbe2970
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:05:41 -07:00
Kamil Krawczyk bccf474435 i40e: Add DeviceID for X722 QSFP+
Change-ID: I1370fbc7774e815ac1ad56561e97488e829592fc
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:05:29 -07:00
Michal Kosiarz 68a1c5a777 i40e: Add device capability which defines if update is available
Add device capability which defines if update is available and security
check is needed during update process.

Change-ID: I380787c878275e1df18b39198df3ee3666342282
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-27 13:01:48 -07:00
David S. Miller c0cc53162a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.

In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 15:43:10 -04:00
Amitkumar Karwar 9d3f65b0c2 mwifiex: increase dwell time for active scan
It's been observed that sometimes AP's probe response is
received after scan duration gets completed for the channel.
This happens especially when wildcard scan is performed
along with specific SSID scan.
We will increase the time from 30 msecs to 40 msecs.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:52:56 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar 1b499cb72f mwifiex: disable channel filtering feature in firmware
As 2.4Ghz channels are overlapping, sometimes AP responds to
probe request even if it's operating on neighbouring channel.
Currently firmware drops those scan entries, as current channel
doesn't match with APs channel.

This patch enables MWIFIEX_DISABLE_CHAN_FILT flag in scan
command to disable the feature so that better scan results
will be received in 2.4Ghz band.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:52:55 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar d286af9bf4 mwifiex: avoid querying wakeup reason when wowlan is disabled
In cfg80211 resume handler, we query wakeup reason from firmware and
report to cfg80211. if wowlan is disabled, connection is already
terminated during suspend. We don't need to query wakeup reason in this
case.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:52:00 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar df2288623e mwifiex: report wowlan wakeup reasons correctly
It's been observed that wakeup on GTK rekey failure wasn't reported
to cfg80211. This patch corrects the check so that all valid wakeup
reasons are reported.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:51:58 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar 3f210e2f12 mwifiex: fix coding style
Redundant space in case statement is removed.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:51:57 +03:00
Marty Faltesek 8d666302df mwifiex: transmit packet stats incorrect.
tx_packets counter is incremented for aggregated packets, when it had
already been incremented for the aggregated packet's constituent
parts. Removing the extra count.

Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:51:17 +03:00
Marty Faltesek b977d305ad mwifiex: fw download does not release sdio bus during failure
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:50:17 +03:00
Marty Faltesek bb28c28ee1 mwifiex: bridged packets cause wmm_tx_pending counter to go negative
When a packet is queued from the bridge, wmm_tx_pending is not
incremented, but when the packet is dequeued the counter is decremented.

Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-27 16:49:35 +03:00
Bjorn Andersson 8527f68849 wcn36xx: Set SMD timeout to 10 seconds
After booting the wireless subsystem and uploading the NV blob to the
WCNSS_CTRL service the remote continues to do things and will not start
servicing wlan-requests for another 2-5 seconds (measured).

The downstream code does not have any special handling for this case,
but has a timeout of 10 seconds for the communication layer. By
extending the wcn36xx timeout to match this we follows the same flow for
the boot procedure and can successfully configure WiFi as wlan0 is
registered.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-27 15:02:51 +03:00
Florian Westphal 0e7dd0c9c3 pch_gbe: fix bogus trylock conversion
Should have converted 'if (trylock)' to 'lock'.

Fixes: a6086a8937 ("drivers: net: remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 17:36:33 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov ec65cfce50 sh_eth: rename ARSTR register bit
The Renesas RZ/A1H manual names the software reset bit in the software reset
register (ARSTR) ARST which makes a bit more sense than the ARSTR_ARSTR name
used now  by the driver -- rename the latter to ARSTR_ARST.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 16:07:20 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov 97717edc69 sh_eth: use EDMR_SRST_GETHER in sh_eth_check_reset()
sh_eth_check_reset() uses a bare number where EDMR_SRST_GETHER would fit,
i.e. the receive/trasmit software reset bits that comprise EDMR_SRST_GETHER
read as 1  while the corresponding reset is in progress and thus, when both
are 0, the reset is complete.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 16:07:20 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed 1b223dd391 net/mlx5e: Fix checksum handling for non-stripped vlan packets
Now as rx-vlan offload can be disabled, packets can be received
with vlan tag not stripped, which means is_first_ethertype_ip will
return false, for that we need to check if the hardware reported
csum OK so we will report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for those packets.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:03 -04:00
Gal Pressman 363501145e net/mlx5e: Add ethtool support for rxvlan-offload (vlan stripping)
Use ethtool -K <interface> rxvlan <on/off> to enable/disable
C-TAG vlan stripping by hardware.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:02 -04:00
Gal Pressman bb64143eee net/mlx5e: Add ethtool support for dump module EEPROM
Add query MCIA, PMLP registers infrastructure and commands.
Add ethtool support for get_module_info() and get_module_eeprom()
callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:02 -04:00
Gal Pressman da54d24ec3 net/mlx5e: Add ethtool support for interface identify (LED blinking)
Add the needed hardware command and mlx5_ifc structs for managing LED
control.
Add set_phys_id ethtool callback to support ethtool -p flag.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:02 -04:00
Eran Ben Elisha 94cb1ebbaf net/mlx5e: Add support for RXALL netdev feature
Introduce new access register named Ports Check Mask Register (PCMR) to
control all HW checks on port. With this register, the driver can
enable/disable Hardware FCS validation.

When RXALL is enabled/disabled using ndo_set_features, enable/disable
fcs check at HW.
User can change HW configuration using rx-all flag at ethtool.

Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:02 -04:00
Gal Pressman 0e405443e8 net/mlx5e: Improve set features ndo resiliency
In current mlx5e ndo_set_features implementation, setting some features
can success while others can fail. Today, we return one error code which
doesn't reflect the current features status of the netdev at the end of
the ndo callback.

Set netdev->features with features which were successfully set in order
to keep the current status in case of failure. For this purpose, define
new Macro to set/unset specific feature in netdev->features.

This patch introduces a mechanism that uses feature handlers for each
feature.
Set features will call a generic handler, which will then call a specific
handler in his turn and update netdev->features according to it's return
value. Each specific handler is responsible to perform driver specific
actions, and updating params if needed.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:01 -04:00
Gal Pressman 121fcdc84d net/mlx5e: Add link down events counter
Expose link_down_events counter through ethtool -S.
This counter is read from PPort statistics, then proccessed and stored as
a special handling software counter.
This counter is stored along software counters since it is the only PPort
counter that it's size is not 64 bits.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:01 -04:00
Gal Pressman cf678570d5 net/mlx5e: Add per priority group to PPort counters
Expose counters providing information for each priority level (PCP) through
ethtool -S option and DCBNL.
This includes rx/tx bytes, frames, and pause counters.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:01 -04:00
Gal Pressman 8075cb7238 net/mlx5e: Rename VPort counters
VPort and software counters names are confusing and may be unclear, all
VPort counters now have a prefix of rx/tx_vport_*.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:01 -04:00
Gal Pressman 9218b44dcc net/mlx5e: Statistics handling refactoring
Redesign ethtool statistics handling and reporting in the driver:
1. Move counters to a separate file (en_stats.h).
2. Remove unnecessary dependencies between stats and strings.
3. Use counter descriptors which hold a name and offset for each counter,
   and will be used to decide which counters will be exposed.

For example when adding a new software counter to ethtool, instead of:
1. Add to stats struct.
2. Add to strings struct in the same order.
3. Change macro defining number of software counters.
The only thing needed is to link the new counter to a counter descriptor.

VPort counters are a set of hardware traffic counters created automatically
for each virtual port opened.
PPort counters are a set of counters describing per physical port
performance statistics.
These counters are gathered from hardware register and divided to groups
according to different protocols.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:01 -04:00
Gal Pressman 269e6b3af3 net/mlx5e: Report additional error statistics in get stats ndo
Provide rtnl_link_stats64 with information regarding physical errors to be
seen in ifconfig and ip tool.

Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:58:00 -04:00
Florian Westphal a6086a8937 drivers: net: remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED
replace the trylock by a full spin_lock and remove TX_LOCKED return value.
Followup patch will remove TX_LOCKED from the kernel.

Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:53:05 -04:00
Florian Westphal 926f273001 drivers: net: use NETDEV_TX_OK instead of NETDEV_TX_LOCKED
These drivers already call netif_stop_queue() so we should not be called
unless tx space is available.  Just free the skb and return TX_OK.

Followup patch will remove NETDEV_TX_LOCKED from the kernel.

Cc: linux-parisc@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Thomas Sailer <t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:53:05 -04:00
Florian Westphal 4acff371f2 atle1: remove LLTX support and TX_UNLOCKED
similar to atl1c: lock is only used in ndo_start_xmit, but we also
advertised LLTX, so remove that as well and let core stack handle
tx locking.

Allows to remove the TX_LOCKED return value from the driver.

Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:53:04 -04:00
Florian Westphal 353e3bd5a7 atl1c: remove private tx lock
AFAICS this is safe: the lock is only used in the .ndo_start_xmit
function and this driver does not set LLTX.

Gets rid of TX_LOCKED return value, followup patches will remove it.

Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:53:04 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov 66c239e71a mdio_bus: get_phy_device() doesn't return NULL anymore
Now that get_phy_device() no longer returns NULL on error, we don't need
to check for it...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:41:20 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov 4914a584b1 fixed_phy: get_phy_device() doesn't return NULL anymore
Now that get_phy_device() no longer returns NULL on error, we don't need
to check for it...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:41:20 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov fb1116ab7c xgene: get_phy_device() doesn't return NULL anymore
Now that get_phy_device() no longer returns NULL on error, we don't need
to check for it...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:41:19 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov b74766a0a0 phylib: don't return NULL from get_phy_device()
Arnd Bergmann asked that get_phy_device() returns either NULL or the error
value,  not both on error.  Do as he said, return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) instead
of NULL when the PHY ID registers read as  all ones.

Suggested-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:41:19 -04:00
Sergei Shtylyov f796721040 sh_eth: get rid of the 2nd parameter to sh_eth_dev_init()
sh_eth_dev_init()  is now always called with  'true' as the  2nd argument,
so that there's no more sense in having 2 parameters to this function...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:22:14 -04:00
Francesco Ruggeri e96c37f185 macvtap: check minor when unregistering
macvtap_device_event(NETDEV_UNREGISTER) should check vlan->minor to
determine if it is being invoked in the context of a macvtap_newlink
that failed, for example in this code sequence:

macvtap_newlink
  macvlan_common_newlink
    register_netdevice
      call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_REGISTER, dev)
        macvtap_device_event(NETDEV_REGISTER)
          <fail here, vlan->minor = 0>
      rollback_registered(dev);
        rollback_registered_many
          call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
            macvtap_device_event(NETDEV_UNREGISTER)
              <nothing to clean up here>

Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:17:45 -04:00
Francesco Ruggeri 3083796075 macvlan: fix failure during registration v3
If macvlan_common_newlink fails in register_netdevice after macvlan_init
then it decrements port->count twice, first in macvlan_uninit (from
register_netdevice or rollback_registered) and then again in
macvlan_common_newlink.
A similar problem may exist in the ipvlan driver.
This patch consolidates modifications to port->count into macvlan_init
and macvlan_uninit (thanks to Eric Biederman for suggesting this approach).

v3: remove macvtap specific bits.

Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 15:17:18 -04:00
Manish Chopra a64b02d530 qed: Add PF min bandwidth configuration support
This patch adds support for PF minimum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:56:26 -04:00
Manish Chopra 4b01e5192b qed: Add PF max bandwidth configuration support
This patch adds support for PF maximum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:56:26 -04:00
Manish Chopra bcd197c81f qed: Add vport WFQ configuration APIs
This patch adds relevant APIs needed to configure WFQ
(Weighted fair queueing) values for the vports. WFQ configuration
is used per vport basis when minimum bandwidth update/configuration
is notified to the PF by the management firmware.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:56:25 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai ddc7740d9a cxgb4: Decode link down reason code obtained from firmware
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:58 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai 23853a0a9a cxgb4: Don't assume FW_PORT_CMD reply is always port info msg
The firmware can send a set of asynchronous replies through FW_PORT_CMD
with DCBX information when that's negotiated with the Link Peer. The old
code always assumed that a FW_PORT_CMD reply was always a Get Port
Information message. This change conditionalizes the code to only handle
the Get Port Information messages and throws a warning if we don't
understand what we've been given.

Also refactor t4_handle_fw_rpl() so that core functionality performed by
t4_handle_get_port_info() for a specified port.

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:57 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai 134491fdc3 cxgb4: DCB message handler needs to use correct portid to netdev mapping
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:57 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai c3e324e3d0 cxgb4: Refactor t4_port_init function
Refactor t4_port_init() so that the core functionality is done by
t4_init_portinfo() for a particular port. Also rename variables to
sensible ones.

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:57 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai be81a2deb1 cxgb4: Properly decode port module type
Decode and log port module error, unknown modules and unsupported
modules.

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:57 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai fbe8077687 cxgb4: Avoids race and deadlock while freeing tx descriptor
There could be race between t4_eth_xmit() and t4_free_sge_resources() while
freeing tx descriptors, take txq lock in t4_free_sge_resources(). We need
to stop the xmit frame path which runs in bottom half context while
unloading the driver using _bh variant of the lock. This is to prevent
the deadlock between xmit and driver unload.

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:57 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai ed98c85ee9 cxgb4: Add llseek operation for flash debugfs entry
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:56 -04:00
Hariprasad Shenai 0de727383c cxgb4: add new routine to get adapter info
Add new routine to print out general adapter information (various version
numbers, adapter name, part number, serial number, etc.) and remove
redundant information dumped in the Port Information.

Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:23:56 -04:00
David S. Miller c0b0479307 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-04-26

Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.7 kernel:

 - Cleanups & refactoring of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
 - Security related additions to ieee802154 and mrf24j40 driver
 - Memory corruption fix to Bluetooth 6lowpan code
 - Race condition fix in vhci driver
 - Enhancements to the atusb 802.15.4 driver

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:15:56 -04:00
Mitch Williams 43a3d9ba34 i40evf: Allow PF driver to configure RSS
If the PF driver reports proper support, allow the PF driver to
configure RSS on the behalf of the VF driver. This will allow for RSS
support on future hardware without changes to the VF driver.

Unfortunately, the old RSS code still needs to stay as the driver needs
to be compatible with PF drivers that don't support this interface. But
this change still simplifies the data structures a bunch and makes this
code simpler to read and maintain.

Change-ID: I0375aad40788ecdc0cb24d5cfeccf07804e69771
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 09:27:20 -07:00
Shannon Nelson fed2db9982 i40e: Specify AQ event opcode to wait for
To add a little flexibility to the nvmupdate facility, this code adds the
ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on after the Exec_AQ request.

Change-ID: Iddbfd63c3de8df3edb9d3e90678b08989bc4946e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 09:15:39 -07:00
Nicolas Dichtel 08f4cbb8f2 drivers/wireless: use nla_put_u64_64bit()
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 12:00:48 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel f60d94c009 macsec: use nla_put_u64_64bit()
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 12:00:47 -04:00
Maya Erez 349214c1e7 wil6210: prevent deep sleep of 60G device in critical paths
In idle times 60G device can enter deep sleep and turn off
its XTAL clock.
Host access triggers the device power-up flow which will hold
the AHB during XTAL stabilization until device switches from
slow-clock to XTAL clock.
This behavior can stall the PCIe bus for some arbitrary period
of time.
In order to prevent this stall, host can vote for High Latency
Access Policy (HALP) before reading from PCIe bus.
This vote will wakeup the device from deep sleep and prevent
deep sleep until unvote is done.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:46 +03:00
Maya Erez 54eaa8c69e wil6210: unmask RX_HTRSH interrupt only when connected
RX_HTRSH interrupt sometimes triggered during device reset
procedure.
To prevent handling this interrupt when not required, unmask
this interrupt only if we are connected and mask it when
disconnected.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:45 +03:00
Maya Erez d8ed043acc wil6210: print debug message when transmitting while disconnected
Network stack can try to transmit data while AP / STA is
disconnected.
Change this print-out to debug level as this should not be
handled as error.
This patch also adds wil_dbg_ratelimited, used to limit the
above print-out.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:45 +03:00
Maya Erez b523d35b5b wil6210: change RX_HTRSH interrupt print level to debug
When using interrupt moderation RX_HTRSH interrupt can occur
frequently during high throughput and should not be considered
as error.
Such print-outs can degrade the performance hence should be printed
in debug print level.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:45 +03:00
Lior David 321a000bfa wil6210: support regular scan on P2P_DEVICE interface
P2P search can only run on the social channel (channel 2).
When issuing a scan request on the P2P_DEVICE interface,
driver ignored the channels argument and always performed a P2P
search.
Fix this by checking the channels argument, if it is
not specified (meaning full scan) or if a non-social channel
was specified, perform a regular scan and not a P2P search.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:45 +03:00
Maya Erez 290206fa7e wil6210: add function name to wil log macros
Add __func__ to wil_err and wil_info for easier
debugging.

Signed-off-by: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:45 +03:00
Steve deRosier f8a68c9668 ath6kl: add ability to set debug uart baud rate
It's useful to permit the customization of the debug uart baud rate. Enable
this and send down the value to the chip if we're enabling debug.

Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:44 +03:00
Steve deRosier 907ec43a48 ath6kl: fix missing uart debug pin for 6004 HW 3.0
For some reason, the 6004 HW 3.0 definition was missing the value for the
uarttx_pin (used for firmware debug). This corrects this situation.

Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:44 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan 6dfdbfc78a ath10k: fix a typo in ath10k_start()
fix a typo (spelling mistake) in 'ath10k_start'

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:57:44 +03:00
Alan Liu 513527c87a ath10k: add max_tx_power for QCA6174 WLAN.RM.2.0 firmware
QCA6174 WLAN.RM.2.0 firmware uses max_tx_power instead of using max_reg_power
to set transmission power. The tx power was about -50dbm, after applying this
change, it become -32dbm.

Signed-off-by: Alan Liu <alanliu@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-26 14:41:33 +03:00
Kalle Valo efd7cef310 Merge ath-next from ath.git
ath.git patches for 4.7. Major changes:

ath10k

* implement set_tsf() for 10.2.4 branch
* remove rare MSI range support
* remove deprecated firmware API 1 support

ath9k

* add module parameter to invert LED polarity

wcn36xx

* fixes to get the driver properly working on Dragonboard 410c
2016-04-26 14:13:59 +03:00
Shannon Nelson bab3a34bb5 i40e: Code cleanup in i40e_add_fdir_ethtool
A little bit of code cleanup in prep for more cloud filter work.

Change-ID: I0dc33ce0d4c207944336a07437640fef920c100c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 03:56:16 -07:00
Mitch Williams c0913c2e43 i40evf: Don't Panic
Under some circumstances the driver remove function may be called before
the driver is fully initialized. So we can't assume that we know where
our towel is at, or that all of the data structures are initialized.

To ensure that we don't panic, check that the vsi_res pointer is valid
before dereferencing it. Then drink beer and eat peanuts.

Change-ID: If697b4db57348e39f9538793e16aa755e3e1af03
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 03:43:46 -07:00
Mitch Williams c4e1868c3a i40e: Add support for configuring VF RSS
Add support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs. This removes the
burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers, allowing for better future compatibility.

Change-ID: Icea75d3f37241ee8e447be5779e5abb53ddf04c0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 03:34:32 -07:00
Alexander Duyck 577389a5db i40e/i40evf: Add support for IPIP and SIT offloads
Looking over the documentation it turns out enabling IPIP and SIT offloads
for i40e is pretty straightforward.  As such I decided to enable them with
this patch.  In my testing I am seeing an improvement of 8 to 10 Gb/s
for IPIP and SIT tunnels with this offload enabled.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 03:29:49 -07:00
Alexander Duyck b0fe330643 i40e/i40evf: Clean up feature flags
The feature flags list for i40e and i40evf is beginning to become pretty
massive.  I plan to add another 4 or so features to these drivers and
duplicating the flags for each and every flags list is becoming a bit
repetitive.

The primary change here is that we now build our features list around
hw_encap_features.  After that we assign that to vlan_features,
hw_features, and finally map that onto features.  In addition we end up
throwing features onto hw_encap_features that end up having no effect such
as the Rx offloads and SCTP_CRC.  However that should have no impact and
makes things a bit easier for us as hw_encap_features is one of the less
updated features maps available.

For i40evf I went through and sanity checked a few features as well.
Specifically RXCSUM was being set as a read-only feature which didn't make
much sense.  I have updated things so we can clear the NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag
since that is really a software feature and not a hardware one anyway so
disabling it is just a matter of ignoring the result from the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-26 03:21:50 -07:00
Luca Coelho f0d8f38cd9 iwlwifi: fix fw version reading for DVM devices
In commit 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than
-16.ucode") we accidentally changed the fw version reading code for
DVM devices.  The code intended to remove the old fw version API,
because all MVM firmwares version 16 and above that we support don't
use it anymore.  But DVM devices still use the old FW API.

Fix that by bringing the code back in.

Reported-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes: 97f95c93c8 ("iwlwifi: remove support for fw older than-16.ucode")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:32:07 +03:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh 2557654df1 rt2800lib: enable MFP if hw crypt is disabled
If rt2800usb is loaded with nohwcrypt=1, mac80211 takes
care of the crypto with software encryption/decryption
and thus, MFP can be used.

Tested for secured mesh using ath9k_htc and ath9k.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:30:43 +03:00
Dan Carpenter 81542fac6e brcmfmac: testing the wrong variable in brcmf_rx_hdrpull()
Smatch complains about this code:

    drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/core.c:335 brcmf_rx_hdrpull()
    error: we previously assumed '*ifp' could be null (see line 333)

The problem is that we recently changed these from "ifp" to "*ifp" but
there was one that we didn't update.

-       if (ret || !ifp || !ifp->ndev) {
+       if (ret || !(*ifp) || !(*ifp)->ndev) {
                if (ret != -ENODATA && ifp)
                                       ^^^
-                       ifp->stats.rx_errors++;
+                       (*ifp)->stats.rx_errors++;

I have updated it to *ifp as well.  We always call this function is a
non-NULL "ifp" pointer, btw.

Fixes: c462ebcdfe ('brcmfmac: create common function for handling brcmf_proto_hdrpull()')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:29:43 +03:00
Dan Carpenter 394f0ed531 mwifiex: fix loop timeout in mwifiex_prog_fw_w_helper()
USB8XXX_FW_MAX_RETRY is 3.  We were using a post-op loop
"while (retries--) {" but then the lines after that assume the loop
exits with retries set to zero.

I've fixed this by changing to a pre-op loop.  I started with retries
set to 4 instead of 3 so that we still go through the loop the same
number of times.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:28:56 +03:00
Dan Carpenter e0bdef0f75 mwifiex: missing error code on allocation failure
We accidentally return success instead of -ENOMEM.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:28:53 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 04a74a9f8a rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg
There is nothing 8723au specific about rtl8723au_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg so
rename the array to rtl8xxxu_iqk_phy_iq_bb_reg.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:54 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 85f466350a rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723bu_simularity_compare()
This renames rtl8723bu_simularity_compare() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_simularity_compare() to reflect it is used for all gen2
parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:53 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 5ac7414548 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723b_channel_to_group()
This renames rtl8723b_channel_to_group() to
rtl8xxxu_gen2_channel_to_group() to reflect it is used by all
currently supported gen2 parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:52 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 8db71451e5 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_mac_init_table to rtl8xxxu_gen1_mac_init_table
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same mac_init_table, so
rename it to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:51 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 8396a41cf7 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_enable_rf() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_enable_rf()
All gen1 parts use the same enable_rf() function, so rename it to
reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:50 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 42a3bc7a2a rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_set_tx_power() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_set_tx_power()
All gen1 parts use the same interface for setting TX power, so rename
the function to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:50 +03:00
Jes Sorensen de7c189c34 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_init_phy_bb() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_init_phy_bb()
All gen1 parts use the same init_phy_bb() function, so rename it to
reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:49 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 28466e9214 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_phy_iq_calibrate() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_phy_iq_calibrate()
All supported gen1 parts use the same phy_iq_calibrate() function
(unlike their gen2 counterparts). Rename the function to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:48 +03:00
Jes Sorensen c6e39da02e rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_update_rate_mask() to rtl8xxxu_update_rate_mask()
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same function for updating
the rate mask, so rename it to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:47 +03:00
Jes Sorensen e09718c2fd rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_config_channel() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_config_channel()
All supported gen1 parts use the same config_channel() function, so
rename it to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:46 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 7eb1400c24 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723a_disable_rf() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_disable_rf()
All currently supported gen1 parts use the same disable_rf() routine,
so rename the function to reflect that.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:45 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 6a07b7915a rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723b_disable_rf() to rtl8xxxu_gen2_disable_rf()
At least for now, all gen2 parts use the same disable_rf() function

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:45 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 3a56bf6aa1 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723bu_config_channel() to rtl8xxxu_gen2_config_channel()
Rename the function to indicate it is applicable to most/all gen2
parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:44 +03:00
Jes Sorensen beb5531619 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723au_report_connect() to rtl8xxxu_gen1_report_connect()
Rename the function to reflect it is for all/most gen1 parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:43 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 32353a784f rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723bu_report_connect() to rtl8xxxu_gen2_report_connect()
Make the name reflect this is for most/all gen2 parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:42 +03:00
Jes Sorensen a8c8dfa593 rtl8xxxu: Rename rtl8723bu_update_rate_mask() to rtl8xxxu_gen2_update_rate_mask()
Update the name of rtl8723bu_update_rate_mask() to make it reflect
it's applicable for all/most gen2 N parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:26:40 +03:00
Xinming Hu eaf46b5fda mwifiex: stop background scan when net device closed
Transmit data path should not touch background scan. We will stop
background scan when net device is closed.

Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:25:38 +03:00
Xinming Hu ce4f6f0c35 mwifiex: add platform specific wakeup interrupt support
On some arm-based platforms, we need to configure platform specific
parameters by device tree node and also define our node as a child
node of parent SDIO host controller.
This patch parses these parameters from device tree. It includes
calibration data dowoload to firmware, wakeup pin configured to firmware,
and soc specific wake up gpio, which will be set as wakeup interrupt pin.

Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:21:20 +03:00
Per Forlin 53985dccb1 brcmf: Fix null pointer exception in bcdc_hdrpull
In fwsignal.c: brcmf_fws_commit_skb()
...
if (rc < 0) {
  entry->transit_count--;
    if (entry->suppressed)
      entry->suppr_transit_count--;
      (void)brcmf_proto_hdrpull(fws->drvr, false, skb, NULL);
                                                     ^^^^^^^
    goto rollback;
}
...

The call to hdrpull will trigger a null pointer exception
unless a null check is made in the method implementation.

Signed-off-by: Per Forlin <per.forlin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:18:37 +03:00
Arend van Spriel 7705ba6f7b brcmfmac: add support for nl80211 BSS_SELECT feature
Announce support for nl80211 feature BSS_SELECT and process
BSS selection behaviour provided in .connect() callback.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:14:27 +03:00
David Müller 005a425b24 rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Make sure loop counter is signed on all architectures
The for-loop condition does not work correctly on architectures where
"char" is unsigned. Fix it by using an "int", which may also result in
more efficient code.

Signed-off-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:13:15 +03:00
Tina Ruchandani 706a527ca3 prism54: isl_38xx: Replace 'struct timeval'
'struct timeval' uses a 32-bit seconds field which will overflow in
year 2038 and beyond. This patch is part of a larger effort to remove
all instances of 'struct timeval' from the kernel and replace them
with 64-bit timekeeping variables.
The patch also fixes the debug printf specifier to avoid the
seconds value being truncated.
The patch was build-tested / debugged by removing the
"if VERBOSE > SHOW_ERROR_MESSAGES" guards.

Signed-off-by: Tina Ruchandani <ruchandani.tina@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:09:17 +03:00
Jia-Ju Bai e4c8b456c5 rtl818x_pci: Fix a memory leak in rtl8180_init_rx_ring
When dev_alloc_skb or pci_dma_mapping_error in rtl8180_init_rx_ring fails,
the memory allocated by pci_zalloc_consistent is not freed.

This patch fixes the bug by adding pci_free_consistent
in error handling code.

Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-26 12:08:17 +03:00
Eric Dumazet fc96256c90 net/mlx4_en: fix spurious timestamping callbacks
When multiple skb are TX-completed in a row, we might incorrectly keep
a timestamp of a prior skb and cause extra work.

Fixes: ec693d4701 ("net/mlx4_en: Add HW timestamping (TS) support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:13:18 -04:00
Ivan Babrou 9f5db53507 net: dummy: remove note about being Y by default
Signed-off-by: Ivan Babrou <ivan@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:11:55 -04:00
Julia Lawall a843311d87 net: tsi108: use NULL for pointer-typed argument
The first argument of pci_free_consistent has type struct pci_dev *, so use
NULL instead of 0.

The semantic patch that performs this transformation is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@@
@@
pci_free_consistent(
- 0
+ NULL
  , ...)
// </smpl>

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:10:26 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 0d768fc62d net: hns: add attribute port-mode-offset for dsaf port node
Port mode offset for each dsaf port is different. The current code is not
so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-mode-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If port-mode-offset isn't
exists, default value 0 will be used.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <Yisen.Zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:18 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 850bfa3b78 net: hns: add attribute port-rst-offset for dsaf port node
The reset offset for each port in a dsaf is different. The current code is
not so readability. This patch adds configuration named port-rst-offset to
make the code simple and more readability. If this attribute doesn't exist,
default value of this attribute is equal to its port index.

Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:18 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 31d4446dca net: hns: add attribute cpld_ctrl for dsaf port node
This patch adds attribute cpld_ctrl for dsaf port node, parses the syscon
for mac_cb from dts, and changes the method of access the cpld related
registers through syscon.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:18 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 831d828bf2 net: hns: separate debug dsaf device from service dsaf device
There are two kinds of dsaf device in hns, one is for service ports,
contains crossbar in it, can work under different mode. Another is for
debug port, only can work under "single-port" mode. The current code only
declared a dsaf device for both service ports and debug ports. This patch
separate it to three platform devices.

Here is the diagram of all port in one platform device(old):
                                        CPU
                                         |
                                         |        DSAF(one platform device)
    --------------------------------------------------------------      /
    |                           |                  |      |      |     /
    |                          PPE                PPE    PPE     |    /
    |                           |                  |      |      |   /
    |                           |                  |      |      |  /
    |                        crossbar              |      |      | /
    |                           |                  |      |      |/
    |    -----------------------------------       |      |      |
    |    |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
    |    |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
    |   MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC     |
    |    |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
    --------------------------------------------------------------
         |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
        PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY

Here is the diagram of separate all ports to three platform(new):
                                                         CPU
                                                          |
                                    -----------------------------------
                                    |                     |           |
    ----------------------------------------------    ---------   ---------
    |                         |                  |    |       |   |   |   |
    |                        PPE                 |    |  PPE  |   |  PPE  |
    |                         |                  |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |                         |                  |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |                      crossbar              |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |                         |                  |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |   ----------------------------------       |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |   |     |     |      |      |      |       |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |   |     |     |      |      |      |       |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    |  MAC   MAC   MAC    MAC    MAC    MAC      |    |  MAC  |   |  MAC  |
    |   |     |     |      |      |      |       |    |   |   |   |   |   |
    ----------------------------------------------    ---------   ---------
        |     |     |      |      |      |    \        /  |        /  |
       PHY   PHY   PHY    PHY    PHY    PHY    \      /  PHY      /  PHY
                                                \    /           /
                                                 \  /           /
                                             DSAF(three platform device)

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Daode Huang 2e2591b130 net: hns: sort the header file by alphabetical order
This patch tunes the header file by the alphabetical order.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 86897c960b net: hns: add syscon operation for dsaf
This patch provides the read/write function for dsaf to
access the registers through syscon methods.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 422c3107ed net: hns: add attribute reset-field-offset for dsaf node
Add the subctrl reset offset for dsaf, this property is used to reset
xge/ge ports for different dsaf. If this attribute is not present,
default value 0 will be used.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 406adee9a9 net: hns: add attribute port-idx-in-ae in enet node.
This patch parse port-idx-in-ae in enet node. In NIC mode of DSAF, all 6
PHYs of service DSAF are taken as ethernet ports to the CPU. The
port-idx-in-ae can be 0 to 5. Here is the diagram:
            +-----+---------------+
            |            CPU      |
            +-+-+-+---+-+-+-+-+-+-+
              |    |   | | | | | |
           debug debug   service
           port  port     port
           (0)   (0)     (0-5)

In Switch mode of DSAF, all 6 PHYs of service DSAF are taken as physical
ports connect to a LAN Switch while the CPU side assume itself have one
single NIC connect to this switch. In this case, the port-idx-in-ae will
be 0 only.
            +-----+-----+------+------+
            |                CPU      |
            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
              |    |     service| port(0)
            debug debug  +------------+
            port  port   |   switch   |
            (0)   (0)    +-+-+-+-+-+-++
                          | | | | | |
                         external port

when port-idx-in-ae is not exists, old attribute port-id will be used
(only for compatible purpose, not recommended to use port-id in new code).

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Daode Huang a542458cb7 net: hns: set debug port irq index to 0
As debug ports are moved from service dsaf to debug dsaf,
the interrupts offset should start from 0, So this patch
re-defines the offset index of debug ports.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Yisen.Zhuang\(Zhuangyuzeng\) 89a440932b net: hns: add a new dsaf mode for debug port
This patch adds a new dsaf mode named "single-port" mode for debug port.
This mode only contains one debug port. This patch also changes the
method of distinguishing the port type.

Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 01:09:17 -04:00
Phil Sutter e425974fea macsec: Convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 16:21:44 -04:00
Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru a43f235f12 qed: add support for link pause configuration.
The APIs for making this sort of configuration [e.g., via ethtool] are
already present in qede, but the current configuration flow in qed doesn't
respect it.

Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:59:16 -04:00
Yuval Mintz fe7cd2bfda qed*: Conditions for changing link
There's some inconsistency in current logic determining whether the
link settings of a given interface can be changed; I.e., in all modes
other than the so-called `deault' mode the interfaces are forbidden from
changing the configuration - but even this rule is not applied to all
user APIs that may change the configuration.

Instead, let the core-module [qed] decide whether an interface can change
the configuration by supporting a new API function. We also revise the
current rule, allowing all interfaces to change their configurations while
laying the infrastructure for future modes where an interface would be
blocked from making such a configuration.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:59:16 -04:00
Yuval Mintz f3e72109f0 qede: Add support for ethtool private flags
Adds a getter for the interfaces private flags.
The only parameter currently supported is whether the interface is a
coupled function [required for supporting 100g].

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:59:15 -04:00
Yuval Mintz d4967cf38f qed*: Align statistics names
There's a difference in statsitics' names starting at qed and
propagating to qede, where egress counters indicate ranges while ingress
counters indiciate high-end.
Align all statistcs to follow the same conventions - name indicates range.

Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:59:15 -04:00
David S. Miller 1bc7fe64b6 Merge branch '10GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-25

This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.

Emil provides several patches, starting with the consolidation of the
logic behind configuring spoof checking.  Fixed an issue which was
causing link issues for backplane devices because x550em_a/x devices
did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link.  Refactored the
ethtool stats to bring the logic closer to how ixgbe handles stats and
sets up per-queue stats for ixgbevf.

Mark adds a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read, which is needed when slower links are
in use.  Fixed the flow control setup for x550em_a, the incorrect
fc_setup function was being used.

Don added a workaround for empty SFP+ cage crosstalk, since on some
systems the crosstalk could lead to link flap on empty SFP+ cages.

Jake converts ixgbe and ixgbevf to use the BIT() macro.

Alex Duyck adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels for ixgbe and ixgbevf.  Then preps for HyperV by moving the API
negotiation into mac_ops.

Arnd Bergmann provides a fix for the ARM compile warnings in linux-next
by converting the use of a udelay() to msleep().
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:12:06 -04:00
Bjorn Andersson ffc03c331a wcn36xx: Fill in capability list
Fill in the capability list with more values from the downstream driver.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:07 +03:00
Bjorn Andersson 23c2aabb93 wcn36xx: Correct remove bss key response encoding
The WCN36XX_HAL_RMV_BSSKEY_RSP carries a single u32 with "status", so we
can use the standard status check function for decoding the result.

This is the last user of the v2 status checker, so remove the struct and
helper function.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:07 +03:00
Bjorn Andersson 5443918d05 wcn36xx: Delete BSS before idling link
When disabling the beacon we must delete the bss before idling the link.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 6770559b8f wcn36xx: Use correct command struct for EXIT_BMPS_REQ
EXIT_BMPS_REQ was using the command struct for ENTER_BMPS_REQ. I
spotted this when looking at command dumps.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 20a779ede3 wcn36xx: Implement multicast filtering
Pass the multicast list to FW.

This patch also adds a way to build the smd command in place. This is
needed because the MC list command is too big for the stack.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: dropped FIF_PROMISC_IN_BSS usage]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 043ce54619 wcn36xx: Track association state
Knowing the association state is needed for mc filtering.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 2716a8ac65 wcn36xx: Clear encrypt_type when deleting bss key
This fixes a problem connecting to an open network after being
connected to an encrypted network.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:06 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 6d9cf123cd wcn36xx: Use allocated self sta index instead of hard coded
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs df98c3294b wcn36xx: Copy all members in config_sta v1 conversion
When converting to version 1 of the config_sta struct not all
members where copied. This fixes the problem of multicast frames
not being delivered on an encrypted network.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 16be1ac559 wcn36xx: Parse trigger_ba response properly
This message does not follow the canonical format and needs it's own
parser.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 25a44da26f wcn36xx: Remove sta pointer in private vif struct
This does not work with multiple sta's in a vif.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 81c6926375 wcn36xx: Fetch private sta data from sta entry instead of from vif
For consistency with other code.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:05 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs a92e469629 wcn36xx: Add helper macros to cast sta to priv
While poking at this I also change two related things. I rename one
variable to make the names consistent. I also move one assignment of
priv_sta to the declaration to save a few lines.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:04 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 90023c034f wcn36xx: Use define for invalid index and fix typo
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:04 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 657a49be13 wcn36xx: Use consistent name for private vif
Some code used priv_vif and some used vif_priv. Convert all to vif_priv
for consistency.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:04 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs ce75877f6c wcn36xx: Add helper macros to cast vif to private vif and vice versa
Makes the code a little easier to read.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:04 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 91c3eeba45 wcn36xx: Pad TIM PVM if needed
The wcn36xx FW expects a fixed size TIM PVM in the beacon template. If
supplied with a shorter than expected PVM it will overwrite the IE
following the TIM.

Squashed with fix from Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>:
Patch "wcn36xx: Pad TIM PVM if needed" has caused a regression in mesh
beaconing.  The field tim_off is always 0 for mesh mode, and thus
pvm_len (referring to the TIM length field) and pad are both incorrectly
calculated.  Thus, msg_body.beacon_length is incorrectly calculated for
mesh mode. Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <jam@cozybit.com>
[bjorn: squashed in Jason's fixup]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:04 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs 25d217d6e0 wcn36xx: Clean up wcn36xx_smd_send_beacon
Needed for coming improvements. No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[bjorn: restored BEACON_TEMPLATE_SIZE define to 0x180]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:03 +03:00
Vittorio Gambaletta (VittGam) 0f9edcdd88 ath9k: Fix LED polarity for some Mini PCI AR9220 MB92 cards.
The Wistron DNMA-92 and Compex WLM200NX have inverted LED polarity
(active high instead of active low).

The same PCI Subsystem ID is used by both cards, which are based on
the same Atheros MB92 design.

Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:03 +03:00
Vittorio Gambaletta (VittGam) cd84042ce9 ath9k: Add a module parameter to invert LED polarity.
The LED can be active high instead of active low on some hardware.

Add the led_active_high module parameter. It defaults to -1 to obey
platform data as before.

Setting the parameter to 1 or 0 will force the LED respectively
active high or active low.

Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: <ath9k-devel@lists.ath9k.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-25 20:37:03 +03:00
Arnd Bergmann d4f90d9dca ixgbe: use msleep for long delays
The newly added x550em_a support causes a link failure on ARM because of
an overly long time passed into udelay():

ERROR: "__bad_udelay" [drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko] undefined!

There are multiple variants of the ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_*() function,
and the other ones all use msleep(), so we can safely assume that all
callers are allowed to sleep, which makes msleep() a better replacement
than mdelay().

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 49425dfc74 ("ixgbe: Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:55:20 -07:00
Alexander Duyck 7921f4dc4c ixgbevf: Move API negotiation function into mac_ops
This patch moves API negotiation into mac_ops.  The general idea here is
that with HyperV on the way we need to make certain that anything that will
have different versions between HyperV and a standard VF needs to be
abstracted enough so that we can have a separate function between the two
so we can avoid changes in one breaking something in the other.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:49:23 -07:00
Alexander Duyck b83e30104b ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels.  Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header.  This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:45:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller 8d055cc0c8 ixgbevf: make use of BIT() macro to avoid shift of signed values
Also cleanup a case where we're bit shifting a value into place, and use
an unsigned constant. Make use of the unsigned postfix in places where
BIT() macro is not appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:41:56 -07:00
Jacob Keller 3e973dc4b9 ixgbe: resolve shift of negative value warning
Make use of GENMASK instead of open coding the equivalent operation
incorrectly.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:21:38 -07:00
Jacob Keller b4f47a4830 ixgbe: use BIT() macro
Several areas of ixgbe were written before widespread usage of the
BIT(n) macro. With the impending release of GCC 6 and its associated new
warnings, some usages such as (1 << 31) have been noted within the ixgbe
driver source. Fix these wholesale and prevent future issues by simply
using BIT macro instead of hand coded bit shifts.

Also fix a few shifts that are shifting values into place by using the
'u' prefix to indicate unsigned. It doesn't strictly matter in these
cases because we're not shifting by too large a value, but these are all
unsigned values and should be indicated as such.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:15:11 -07:00
Don Skidmore 4319a79767 ixgbe: Add work around for empty SFP+ cage crosstalk
It is possible on some systems that crosstalk could lead to link flap
on empty SFP+ cages.  A new NVM bit was defined to let SW know it
needs to implement the work around which consists of verifying that
there is a module in the cage before acting on the LSC.

Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:10:27 -07:00
Mark Rustad a0254a70b4 ixgbe: Use correct FC setup function for x550em_a
Somehow the wrong fc_setup function was used for x550em_a, so
correct that. Also set setup_link to NULL as its value is
determined later, just like it is with X550EM_x.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:06:15 -07:00
Emil Tantilov a02a5a5341 ixgbevf: add support for per-queue ethtool stats
Implement per-queue statistics for packets, bytes and busy poll
specific counters.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 04:02:42 -07:00
Emil Tantilov d72d6c19b5 ixgbevf: refactor ethtool stats handling
This brings the logic closer to how we handle the stats in ixgbe and it
sets us up for introducing per-queue stats.

Use IXGBEVF_STAT and IXGBEVF_NETDEV_STAT for accessing the driver and
netdev stats respectively. This way we don't have to calculate the
stats based on register values which could lead to the counters not
being initialized properly when the interface is down.

IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is set to include the number of queues.

Also some defines were renamed to use the IXGBEVF prefix.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 03:59:04 -07:00
Mark Rustad 2f2219bea2 ixgbe: Add register wait for slow links
Use a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read. This is needed when slower links
are in use.

Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-25 03:53:30 -07:00
Haiyang Zhang 15cfd40771 hv_netvsc: Fix the list processing for network change event
RNDIS_STATUS_NETWORK_CHANGE event is handled as two "half events" --
media disconnect & connect. The second half should be added to the list
head, not to the tail. So all events are processed in normal order.

Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 23:27:58 -04:00
Sridhar Samudrala 2a9ed5d1fc ixgbe: make 'action' field in struct ixgbe_fdir_filter a u64 value
This field is used to record the RX queue index for a redirect action
passed via ring_cookie field in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec which is
a u64 value.

For ex: after adding a filter rule to redirect to a VF using ethtool
  # echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
  # ethtool -N p4p1 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 action 0x100000000

querying for the rule shows the Action as 'Direct to queue 0'

  # ethtool -n p4p1
  4 RX rings available
  Total 1 rules

  Filter: 2045
 	Rule Type: Raw IPv4
	Src IP addr: 192.168.0.1 mask: 0.0.0.0
	Dest IP addr: 0.0.0.0 mask: 255.255.255.255
	TOS: 0x0 mask: 0xff
	Protocol: 0 mask: 0xff
	L4 bytes: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffff
	VLAN EtherType: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
	VLAN: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
	User-defined: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffffffffffff
	Action: Direct to queue 0

With this fix, ethtool will report the right queue index even for VFs.
	Action: Direct to queue 4294967296

Here 4294967296 corresponds to 0x100000000.
We need to update 'ethtool' to report the queue index as a Hex value so
that it is more  user friendly and matches with the 'action' value that
is passed when adding the rule.

Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-24 18:04:53 -07:00
Emil Tantilov 4695886c64 ixgbe: fix default mac->ops.setup_link for X550EM
X550EM_a/x did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link which
was causing link issues for backplane devices.

This patch sets mac->ops.setup_link to ixgbe_setup_mac_link_X540 for
X550EM_a/x which is also default for X550. This will result in
mac->ops.setup_link calling the link setup function for the respective
PHY type in case we do not need a special function to deal with it.

Reported-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-24 18:01:06 -07:00
Emil Tantilov d3dec7c7c0 ixgbe: set VLAN spoof checking unconditionally
Previously the PF driver would only set VLAN spoof checking if
the VF had created VLANs. This was done by setting and checking
a counter (vlan_count) whenever a VLAN was created by the VF.
However it is possible for the vlan_count to be !=0 while there are
no VLANs assigned to the VF due to the count incrementing every
time a VLAN 0 is added on ifdown/up, which resulted in VLAN spoofing
always being set for those VFs.

This patch cleans up the logic by unconditionally setting VLAN based on
how the VF is configured (via ip link set ethX vf Y spoofchk on/off).
This change also resolves an issue where the VLAN spoofing can remain
set even after being disabled by the user due to the driver enabling
VLAN spoof checking every time a VLAN is added to the VF, but would
only allow changes in the setting if vlan_count != 0.

Also default_vf_vlan_id and vlans_enabled were removed from the
vf_data_storage structure since they are not being used in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-24 17:57:07 -07:00
Emil Tantilov 77f192af72 ixgbe: consolidate the configuration of spoof checking
Consolidate the logic behind configuring spoof checking:

Move the setting of the MAC, VLAN and Ethertype spoof checking into
ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk().

Change ixgbe_set_mac_anti_spoofing() to set MAC spoofing per VF similar
to the VLAN and Ethertype functions - this allows us to call the helper
functions in ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk() for all spoof check types and
only disable MAC spoof checking when creating MACVLAN.

Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-24 17:54:22 -07:00
Majd Dibbiny 5fc7197d3a net/mlx5: Add pci shutdown callback
This patch introduces kexec support for mlx5.
When switching kernels, kexec() calls shutdown, which unloads
the driver and cleans its resources.

In addition, remove unregister netdev from shutdown flow. This will
allow a clean shutdown, even if some netdev clients did not release their
reference from this netdev. Releasing The HW resources only is enough as
the kernel is shutting down

Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:39 -04:00
Eli Cohen 78228cbdeb net/mlx5_core: Remove static from local variable
The static is not required and breaks re-entrancy if it will be required.

Fixes: 2530236303 ("net/mlx5_core: Flow steering tree initialization")
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:39 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed cd255efff9 net/mlx5e: Use vport MTU rather than physical port MTU
Set and report vport MTU rather than physical MTU,
Driver will set both vport and physical port mtu and will
rely on the query of vport mtu.

SRIOV VFs have to report their MTU to their vport manager (PF),
and this will allow them to work with any MTU they need
without failing the request.

Also for some cases where the PF is not a port owner, PF can
work with MTU less than the physical port mtu if set physical
port mtu didn't take effect.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:39 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed d8edd2469a net/mlx5e: Fix minimum MTU
Minimum MTU that can be set in Connectx4 device is 68.

This fixes the case where a user wants to set invalid MTU,
the driver will fail to satisfy this request and the interface
will stay down.

It is better to report an error and continue working with old
mtu.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:39 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed 046339eaab net/mlx5e: Device's mtu field is u16 and not int
For set/query MTU port firmware commands the MTU field
is 16 bits, here I changed all the "int mtu" parameters
of the functions wrapping those firmware commands to be u16.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:38 -04:00
Majd Dibbiny 64dbbdfef2 net/mlx5_core: Add ConnectX-5 to list of supported devices
Add the upcoming ConnectX-5 devices (PF and VF) to the list of
supported devices by the mlx5 driver.

Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:38 -04:00
Rana Shahout 6e4c218946 net/mlx5e: Fix MLX5E_100BASE_T define
Bit 25 of eth_proto_capability in PTYS register is
1000Base-TT and not 100Base-T.

Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to
support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:38 -04:00
Maor Gottlieb c3f9bf628b net/mlx5_core: Fix soft lockup in steering error flow
In the error flow of adding flow rule to auto-grouped flow
table, we call to tree_remove_node.

tree_remove_node locks the node's parent, however the node's parent
is already locked by mlx5_add_flow_rule and this causes a deadlock.
After this patch, if we failed to add the flow rule, we unlock the
flow table before calling to tree_remove_node.

fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped
flow table')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:51:38 -04:00
Manish Chopra 45c78e0219 qlcnic: Update version to 5.3.64
Just updating the version as many fixes got
accumulated over 5.3.63

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:45:04 -04:00
Marek Vasut 3c201b5a84 net: stmmac: socfpga: Remove re-registration of reset controller
Both socfpga_dwmac_parse_data() in dwmac-socfpga.c and stmmac_dvr_probe()
in stmmac_main.c functions call devm_reset_control_get() to register an
reset controller for the stmmac. This results in an attempt to register
two reset controllers for the same non-shared reset line.

The first attempt to register the reset controller works fine. The second
attempt fails with warning from the reset controller core, see below.
The warning is produced because the reset line is non-shared and thus
it is allowed to have only up-to one reset controller associated with
that reset line, not two or more.

The solution has multiple parts. First, the original socfpga_dwmac_init()
is tweaked to use reset controller pointer from the stmmac_priv (private
data of the stmmac core) instead of the local instance, which was used
before. The local re-registration of the reset controller is removed.

Next, the socfpga_dwmac_init() is moved after stmmac_dvr_probe() in the
probe function. This order is legal according to Altera and it makes the
code much easier, since there is no need to temporarily register and
unregister the reset controller ; the reset controller is already registered
by the stmmac_dvr_probe().

Finally, plat_dat->exit and socfpga_dwmac_exit() is no longer necessary,
since the functionality is already performed by the stmmac core.

------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1 at drivers/reset/core.c:187 __of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.6.0-rc4-next-20160419-00015-gabb2477-dirty #4
Hardware name: Altera SOCFPGA
[<c010f290>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010b82c>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010b82c>] (show_stack) from [<c0373da4>] (dump_stack+0x94/0xa8)
[<c0373da4>] (dump_stack) from [<c011bcc0>] (__warn+0xec/0x104)
[<c011bcc0>] (__warn) from [<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x20/0x28)
[<c011bd88>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get+0x218/0x270)
[<c03a6eb4>] (__of_reset_control_get) from [<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get+0x54/0x90)
[<c03a701c>] (__devm_reset_control_get) from [<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe+0x1b4/0x8e8)
[<c041fa30>] (stmmac_dvr_probe) from [<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe+0x1b8/0x28c)
[<c04298c8>] (socfpga_dwmac_probe) from [<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe+0x4c/0xb0)
[<c03d6ffc>] (platform_drv_probe) from [<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device+0x224/0x2bc)
[<c03d54ec>] (driver_probe_device) from [<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach+0xac/0xb0)
[<c03d5630>] (__driver_attach) from [<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev+0x6c/0xa0)
[<c03d382c>] (bus_for_each_dev) from [<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver+0x1a4/0x21c)
[<c03d4ad4>] (bus_add_driver) from [<c03d60ac>] (driver_register+0x78/0xf8)
[<c03d60ac>] (driver_register) from [<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall+0x40/0x170)
[<c0101760>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x1dc/0x27c)
[<c0800e38>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init+0x8/0x114)
[<c05d1bd4>] (kernel_init) from [<c01076f8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x3c)
---[ end trace 059d2fbe87608fa9 ]---

Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Matthew Gerlach <mgerlach@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:40:24 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 4b1fb9352f macsec: fix netlink attribute validation
macsec_validate_attr should check IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT (not
IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT) to verify that the replay protection and replay
window arguments are correct.

Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:59 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 748164802c macsec: add missing macsec prefix in uapi
I accidentally forgot some MACSEC_ prefixes in if_macsec.h.

Fixes: dece8d2b78 ("uapi: add MACsec bits")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:59 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 38787fc209 macsec: fix SA leak if initialization fails
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Reported-by: Lance Richardson <lrichard@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 960d5848db macsec: fix memory leaks around rx_handler (un)registration
We leak a struct macsec_rxh_data when we unregister the rx_handler in
macsec_dellink.
We also leak a struct macsec_rxh_data in register_macsec_dev if we fail
to register the rx_handler.

Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 96cfc5052c macsec: add consistency check to netlink dumps
Use genl_dump_check_consistent in dump_secy.

Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Suggested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca c3b7d0bd7a macsec: fix rx_sa refcounting with decrypt callback
The decrypt callback macsec_decrypt_done needs a reference on the rx_sa
and releases it before returning, but macsec_handle_frame already
put that reference after macsec_decrypt returned NULL.

Set rx_sa to NULL when the decrypt callback runs so that
macsec_handle_frame knows it must not release the reference.

Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 497f358aa4 macsec: don't put a NULL rxsa
The "deliver:" path of macsec_handle_frame can be called with
rx_sa == NULL.  Check rx_sa != NULL before calling macsec_rxsa_put().

Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca c10c63ea73 macsec: take rtnl lock before for_each_netdev
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
Sabrina Dubroca 72f2a05b8f macsec: add missing NULL check after kmalloc
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:31:58 -04:00
David S. Miller 1602f49b58 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.

In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 18:51:33 -04:00
Linus Torvalds c5edde3a81 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Fix memory leak in iwlwifi, from Matti Gottlieb.

 2) Add missing registration of netfilter arp_tables into initial
    namespace, from Florian Westphal.

 3) Fix potential NULL deref in DecNET routing code.

 4) Restrict NETLINK_URELEASE to truly bound sockets only, from Dmitry
    Ivanov.

 5) Fix dst ref counting in VRF, from David Ahern.

 6) Fix TSO segmenting limits in i40e driver, from Alexander Duyck.

 7) Fix heap leak in PACKET_DIAG_MCLIST, from Mathias Krause.

 8) Ravalidate IPV6 datagram socket cached routes properly, particularly
    with UDP, from Martin KaFai Lau.

 9) Fix endian bug in RDS dp_ack_seq handling, from Qing Huang.

10) Fix stats typing in bcmgenet driver, from Eric Dumazet.

11) Openvswitch needs to orphan SKBs before ipv6 fragmentation handing,
    from Joe Stringer.

12) SPI device reference leak in spi_ks8895 PHY driver, from Mark Brown.

13) atl2 doesn't actually support scatter-gather, so don't advertise the
    feature.  From Ben Hucthings.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
  openvswitch: use flow protocol when recalculating ipv6 checksums
  Driver: Vmxnet3: set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for IPv6 packets
  atl2: Disable unimplemented scatter/gather feature
  net/mlx4_en: Split SW RX dropped counter per RX ring
  net/mlx4_core: Don't allow to VF change global pause settings
  net/mlx4_core: Avoid repeated calls to pci enable/disable
  net/mlx4_core: Implement pci_resume callback
  net: phy: spi_ks8895: Don't leak references to SPI devices
  net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix platform_data overwrite
  net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable
  qede: Fix single MTU sized packet from firmware GRO flow
  qede: Fix setting Skb network header
  qede: Fix various memory allocation error flows for fastpath
  tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_shifted_skb
  tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_collapse_retrans
  drivers: net: cpsw: fix wrong regs access in cpsw_ndo_open
  tcp: Fix SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK when handling dup acks
  openvswitch: Orphan skbs before IPv6 defrag
  Revert "Prevent NUll pointer dereference with two PHYs on cpsw"
  VSOCK: Only check error on skb_recv_datagram when skb is NULL
  ...
2016-04-21 12:57:34 -07:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 681e683ff3 geneve: break dependency with netdev drivers
Equivalent to "vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers", don't
autoload geneve module in case the driver is loaded. Instead make the
coupling weaker by using netdevice notifiers as proxy.

Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:44 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa b7aade1548 vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers
Currently all drivers depend and autoload the vxlan module because how
vxlan_get_rx_port is linked into them. Remove this dependency:

By using a new event type in the netdevice notifier call chain we proxy
the request from the drivers to flush and resetup the vxlan ports not
directly via function call but by the already existing netdevice
notifier call chain.

I added a separate new event type, NETDEV_OFFLOAD_PUSH_VXLAN, to do so.
We don't need to save those ids, as the event type field is an unsigned
long and using specialized event types for this purpose seemed to be a
more elegant way. This also comes in beneficial if in future we want to
add offloading knobs for vxlan.

Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:44 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 50d65d7889 qlcnic: protect qlicnic_attach_func with rtnl_lock
qlcnic_attach_func requires rtnl_lock to be held.

Cc: Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:44 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa b1f99a787e ixgbe: protect vxlan_get_rx_port in ixgbe_service_task with rtnl_lock
vxlan_get_rx_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.

Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:43 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 0c5c3252c4 mlx4: protect mlx4_en_start_port in mlx4_en_restart with rtnl_lock
mlx4_en_start_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.

Cc: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:43 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 41419b9303 fm10k: protect fm10k_open in fm10k_io_resume with rtnl_lock
fm10k_open requires rtnl_lock to be held.

Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:43 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 08d9910c34 benet: be_resume needs to protect be_open with rtnl_lock
be_open calls down to functions which expects rtnl lock to be held.

Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:07 -04:00
Shrikrishna Khare f0d437809d Driver: Vmxnet3: set CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for IPv6 packets
For IPv6, if the device indicates that the checksum is correct, set
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY.

Reported-by: Subbarao Narahari <snarahari@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Jin Heo <heoj@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:28:05 -04:00
Ben Hutchings f43bfaeddc atl2: Disable unimplemented scatter/gather feature
atl2 includes NETIF_F_SG in hw_features even though it has no support
for non-linear skbs.  This bug was originally harmless since the
driver does not claim to implement checksum offload and that used to
be a requirement for SG.

Now that SG and checksum offload are independent features, if you
explicitly enable SG *and* use one of the rare protocols that can use
SG without checkusm offload, this potentially leaks sensitive
information (before you notice that it just isn't working).  Therefore
this obscure bug has been designated CVE-2016-2117.

Reported-by: Justin Yackoski <jyackoski@crypto-nite.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: ec5f061564 ("net: Kill link between CSUM and SG features.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:12:23 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 5498440756 net/mlx5e: Add ethtool counter for RX buffer allocation failures
Counts the number of RX buffer allocation failures and shows it
in ethtool statistics.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:06 -04:00
Saeed Mahameed e20a0db304 net/mlx5e: Delay skb->data access
Move mlx5e_handle_csum and eth_type_trans to the end of
mlx5e_build_rx_skb to gain some more time before accessing
skb->data, to reduce cache misses.

Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:06 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 1bfec31627 net/mlx5e: Remove redundant barrier
The bit-op operation one line before is an explicit barrier
by itself.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:05 -04:00
Tariq Toukan c5adb96f6c net/mlx5e: Use napi_alloc_skb for RX SKB allocations
Instead of netdev_alloc_skb, we use the napi_alloc_skb function
which is designated to allocate skbuff's for RX in a
channel-specific NAPI instance, and implies the IP packet alignment.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:05 -04:00
Tariq Toukan bc77b240b3 net/mlx5e: Add fragmented memory support for RX multi packet WQE
If the allocation of a linear (physically continuous) MPWQE fails,
we allocate a fragmented MPWQE.

This is implemented via device's UMR (User Memory Registration)
which allows to register multiple memory fragments into ConnectX
hardware as a continuous buffer.
UMR registration is an asynchronous operation and is done via
ICO SQs.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:05 -04:00
Tariq Toukan d3c9bc2743 net/mlx5e: Added ICO SQs
Added ICO (Internal Control Operations) SQ per channel to be used
for driver internal operations such as memory registration for
fragmented memory and nop requests upon ifconfig up.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:05 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 461017cb00 net/mlx5e: Support RX multi-packet WQE (Striding RQ)
Introduce the feature of multi-packet WQE (RX Work Queue Element)
referred to as (MPWQE or Striding RQ), in which WQEs are larger
and serve multiple packets each.

Every WQE consists of many strides of the same size, every received
packet is aligned to a beginning of a stride and is written to
consecutive strides within a WQE.

In the regular approach, each regular WQE is big enough to be capable
of serving one received packet of any size up to MTU or 64K in case of
device LRO is enabled, making it very wasteful when dealing with
small packets or device LRO is enabled.

For its flexibility, MPWQE allows a better memory utilization
(implying improvements in CPU utilization and packet rate) as packets
consume strides according to their size, preserving the rest of
the WQE to be available for other packets.

MPWQE default configuration:
	Num of WQEs	= 16
	Strides Per WQE = 2048
	Stride Size	= 64 byte

The default WQEs memory footprint went from 1024*mtu (~1.5MB) to
16 * 2048 * 64 = 2MB per ring.
However, HW LRO can now be supported at no additional cost in memory
footprint, and hence we turn it on by default and get an even better
performance.

Performance tested on ConnectX4-Lx 50G.
To isolate the feature under test, the numbers below were measured with
HW LRO turned off. We verified that the performance just improves when
LRO is turned back on.

* Netperf single TCP stream:
- BW raised by 10-15% for representative packet sizes:
  default, 64B, 1024B, 1478B, 65536B.

* Netperf multi TCP stream:
- No degradation, line rate reached.

* Pktgen: packet rate raised by 2-10% for traffic of different message
sizes: 64B, 128B, 256B, 1024B, and 1500B.

* Pktgen: packet loss in bursts of small messages (64byte),
single stream:
- | num packets | packets loss before | packets loss after
  |     2K      |       ~ 1K          |       0
  |     8K      |       ~ 6K          |       0
  |     16K     |       ~13K          |       0
  |     32K     |       ~28K          |       0
  |     64K     |       ~57K          |     ~24K

As expected as the driver can receive as many small packets (<=64B) as
the number of total strides in the ring (default = 2048 * 16) vs. 1024
(default ring size regardless of packets size) before this feature.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:05 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 2f48af128d net/mlx5e: Use function pointers for RX data path handling
In preparation for Striding RQ feature, which will need its own
RX handlers.
This patch does not change any functionality.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:04 -04:00
Tariq Toukan d8c9660dac net/mlx5e: Use only close NUMA node for default RSS
Distribute default RSS table uniformly over the rings of the
close NUMA node, instead of all available channels.
This way we enforce the preference of close rings over far ones.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:04 -04:00
Rana Shahout 593cf33829 net/mlx5e: Allocate set of queue counters per netdev
Connect all netdev RQs to this set of queue counters.
Also, add an "rx_out_of_buffer" counter to ethtool,
which indicates RX packet drops due to lack of receive
buffers.

Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:04 -04:00
Tariq Toukan 237cd21809 net/mlx5: Introduce device queue counters
A queue counter can collect several statistics for one or more
hardware queues (QPs, RQs, etc ..) that the counter is attached to.

For Ethernet it will provide an "out of buffer" counter which
collects the number of all packets that are dropped due to lack
of software buffers.

Here we add device commands to alloc/query/dealloc queue counters.

Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Rana Shahout <ranas@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:09:04 -04:00
Florian Fainelli c82f47efa0 net: bcmsysport: use napi_complete_done()
By using napi_complete_done(), we allow fine tuning of
/sys/class/net/ethX/gro_flush_timeout for higher GRO aggregation
efficiency for a Gbit NIC.

Check commit 24d2e4a507 ("tg3: use napi_complete_done()") for details.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:06:04 -04:00
Florian Fainelli ba90950c94 net: bcmsysport: use __napi_schedule_irqoff()
Both bcm_sysport_tx_isr() and bcm_sysport_rx_isr() run in hard irq
context, we do not need to block irq again.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:06:04 -04:00
Eran Ben Elisha d21ed3a311 net/mlx4_en: Split SW RX dropped counter per RX ring
Count SW packet drops per RX ring instead of a global counter. This
will allow monitoring the number of rx drops per ring.

In addition, SW rx_dropped counter was overwritten by HW rx_dropped
counter, sum both of them instead to show the accurate value.

Fixes: a3333b35da ('net/mlx4_en: Moderate ethtool callback to [...] ')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:02:40 -04:00
Eugenia Emantayev 2a500090a4 net/mlx4_core: Don't allow to VF change global pause settings
Currently changing global pause settings is done via SET_PORT
command with input modifier GENERAL. This command is allowed
for each VF since MTU setting is done via the same command.

Change the above to the following scheme: before passing the
request to the FW, the PF will check whether it was issued
by a slave. If yes, don't change global pause and warn,
otherwise change to the requested value and store for
further reference.

Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:02:40 -04:00
Daniel Jurgens 4bfd2e6e53 net/mlx4_core: Avoid repeated calls to pci enable/disable
Maintain the PCI status and provide wrappers for enabling and disabling
the PCI device.  Performing the actions more than once without doing
its opposite results in warning logs.

This occurred when EEH hotplugged the device causing a warning for
disabling an already disabled device.

Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:02:40 -04:00
Daniel Jurgens c12833acff net/mlx4_core: Implement pci_resume callback
Move resume related activities to a new pci_resume function instead of
performing them in mlx4_pci_slot_reset.  This change is needed to avoid
a hotplug during EEH recovery due to commit f2da4ccf8b ("powerpc/eeh:
More relaxed hotplug criterion").

Fixes: 2ba5fbd62b ('net/mlx4_core: Handle AER flow properly')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:02:39 -04:00
Mark Brown a1459c1c9e net: phy: spi_ks8895: Don't leak references to SPI devices
The ks8895 driver is using spi_dev_get() apparently just to take a copy
of the SPI device used to instantiate it but never calls spi_dev_put()
to free it.  Since the device is guaranteed to exist between probe() and
remove() there should be no need for the driver to take an extra
reference to it so fix the leak by just using a straight assignment.

Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:00:27 -04:00
Neil Armstrong 210990b05a net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix platform_data overwrite
When the DaVinci emac driver is removed and re-probed, the actual
pdev->dev.platform_data is populated with an unwanted valid pointer saved by
the previous davinci_emac_of_get_pdata() call, causing a kernel crash when
calling priv->int_disable() in emac_int_disable().

Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address c8622a80
...
[<c0426fb4>] (emac_int_disable) from [<c0427700>] (emac_dev_open+0x290/0x5f8)
[<c0427700>] (emac_dev_open) from [<c04c00ec>] (__dev_open+0xb8/0x120)
[<c04c00ec>] (__dev_open) from [<c04c0370>] (__dev_change_flags+0x88/0x14c)
[<c04c0370>] (__dev_change_flags) from [<c04c044c>] (dev_change_flags+0x18/0x48)
[<c04c044c>] (dev_change_flags) from [<c052bafc>] (devinet_ioctl+0x6b4/0x7ac)
[<c052bafc>] (devinet_ioctl) from [<c04a1428>] (sock_ioctl+0x1d8/0x2c0)
[<c04a1428>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c014f054>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x41c/0x600)
[<c014f054>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c014f2a4>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
[<c014f2a4>] (SyS_ioctl) from [<c000ff60>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x1c)

Fixes: 42f59967a0 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add OF support")
Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:57:47 -04:00
Neil Armstrong 99164f9e62 net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Fix Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable
In order to avoid an Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable in the DaVinci
emac driver when the device is removed and re-probed, and a
pm_runtime_disable() call in davinci_emac_remove().

Actually, using unbind/bind on a TI DM8168 SoC gives :
$ echo 4a120000.ethernet > /sys/bus/platform/drivers/davinci_emac/unbind
net eth1: DaVinci EMAC: davinci_emac_remove()
$ echo 4a120000.ethernet > /sys/bus/platform/drivers/davinci_emac/bind
davinci_emac 4a120000.ethernet: Unbalanced pm_runtime_enable

Cc: Brian Hutchinson <b.hutchman@gmail.com>
Fixes: 3ba9738134 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:57:47 -04:00
Manish Chopra ee2fa8e6b3 qede: Fix single MTU sized packet from firmware GRO flow
In firmware assisted GRO flow there could be a single MTU sized
segment arriving due to firmware aggregation timeout/last segment
in an aggregation flow, which is not expected to be an actual gro
packet. So If a skb has zero frags from the GRO flow then simply
push it in the stack as non gso skb.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:51:29 -04:00
Manish Chopra aad94c0408 qede: Fix setting Skb network header
Skb's network header needs to be set before extracting IPv4/IPv6
headers from it.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:51:28 -04:00
Manish Chopra f86af2dfde qede: Fix various memory allocation error flows for fastpath
This patch handles memory allocation failures for fastpath
gracefully in the driver.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:51:28 -04:00
Grygorii Strashko 3fa88c51c7 drivers: net: cpsw: fix wrong regs access in cpsw_ndo_open
The cpsw_ndo_open() could try to access CPSW registers before
calling pm_runtime_get_sync(). This will trigger L3 error:

 WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21 at drivers/bus/omap_l3_noc.c:147 l3_interrupt_handler+0x220/0x34c()
 44000000.ocp:L3 Custom Error: MASTER M2 (64-bit) TARGET L4_FAST (Idle): Data Access in Supervisor mode during Functional access

and CPSW will stop functioning.

Hence, fix it by moving pm_runtime_get_sync() before the first access
to CPSW registers in cpsw_ndo_open().

Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:30:39 -04:00
Alexander Duyck 732912d727 veth: Update features to include all tunnel GSO types
This patch adds support for the checksum enabled versions of UDP and GRE
tunnels.  With this change we should be able to send and receive GSO frames
of these types over the veth pair without needing to segment the packets.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:14:59 -04:00
Dan Carpenter 1ba64facae geneve: testing the wrong variable in geneve6_build_skb()
We intended to test "err" and not "skb".

Fixes: aed069df09 ('ip_tunnel_core: iptunnel_handle_offloads returns int and doesn't free skb')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:08:00 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann 06d05463ee rtl8xxxu: hide unused tables
The references to some arrays in the rtl8xxxu driver were moved inside
of an #ifdef, but the symbols remain outside, resulting in build warnings:

rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1506:33: error: 'rtl8188ru_radioa_1t_highpa_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1431:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_1t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1407:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radiob_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:1332:33: error: 'rtl8192cu_radioa_2t_init_table' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:239:35: error: 'rtl8192c_power_base' defined but not used
rtl8xxxu/rtl8xxxu.c:217:35: error: 'rtl8188r_power_base' defined but not used

This adds an extra #ifdef around them to shut up the warnings.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 2fc0b8e5a1 ("rtl8xxxu: Add TX power base values for gen1 parts")
Fixes: 4062b8ffec ("rtl8xxxu: Move PHY RF init into device specific functions")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-21 15:46:11 +03:00
Kalle Valo e2841ea916 * add new device IDs for 8265
* fix a NULL pointer dereference when paging firmware asserts
 * remove a WARNING on gscan capabilities
 * fix MODULE_FIRMWARE for 8260
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXDLeYAAoJEC0Llv5uNjIBRy4P/ixh8Qi3RzQdz/AQzjT8B5yA
 m5u/04kOPwjkvbkQaAI2AsYxw9eG4WdEMpb9f+IZPNWzP4HPBpX46LPsWsyssNvF
 OBrzExEB/opNNuQVqC+mHW1I+onWf4xyNVoeOKQQ9/Bn90FsuZ6F3dm0LhPC6Akx
 KOy1YJFZ5gx+p/HDRxEVrs4/245LfUvTrz1XuOMNpqW5qrhnIYdYtdPcX3Wv/kw2
 LiYRDCVUBzUSFqfynlESwnQRCap5XsTVIh48uOqBhmtEGiE+wLS6vx/gj+4ZZY+e
 2vhShuGWIvzX+0bnpEpz6tTOL78nCJpwA0/kObI1iFtbdNJLXgO0c+D+79qszk5u
 DBa9l3sZeCMAhSZkndYhpHRIenkKWwp+Q0mbjApxZe2zbFRhxKv4DIjckWs4u2Z6
 SjQz3Zq43ARCoDPXDXtSf2CQB3dW7MCFjpdWC0H4IJlPGTA89oROWLd4fnjM9ahE
 ZrwbUMBDJLmxFFw2w7ypdDn/RA3vZ0IPFAVVh++/r1lqCWWELgOvKyfXgHsbTENR
 okBKoRBUeaWtEmzTmUEfc3I/GWcrqyTs5twURaX33NZlpZCA7wW5Lbv0p+FxCIGh
 GAk/k6dVLOIypFRffNQWvZFg2oTkXJoM+1uAdfyuOSsvgEXfxJ3qyOZ7sCsmX6y0
 YGbAfIW5kzKW1wgjnbf6
 =cxrI
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2016-04-12_2' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes

* add new device IDs for 8265
* fix a NULL pointer dereference when paging firmware asserts
* remove a WARNING on gscan capabilities
* fix MODULE_FIRMWARE for 8260
2016-04-21 15:40:13 +03:00
Jacob Keller dc1b4c2b88 fm10k: fix incorrect IPv6 extended header checksum
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum offload
can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected cases. This was
originally discovered in ixgbe.

Reported-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:34 -07:00
Jacob Keller 8664109467 fm10k: consistently use Intel(R) for driver names
Update every header file and other locations to consistently use
Intel(R) instead of just Intel. Also update copyright year of files
which we modified.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:34 -07:00
Jacob Keller 540a5d8590 fm10k: fix possible null pointer deref after kcalloc
When writing a new default redirection table, we needed to populate
a new RSS table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default. We populated this
table into a region of memory allocated using kcalloc, but never checked
this for NULL. Fix this by moving the default table generation into
fm10k_write_reta. If this function is passed a table, use it. Otherwise,
generate the default table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default, 4 at at
time.

Fixes: 0ea7fae440 ("fm10k: use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default for default redirection table")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:33 -07:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan 11ec36a974 fm10k: Reset multicast mode when deleting lport
Deleting lport when multicast mode is configured to
FM10K_XCAST_MODE_ALLMULTI or FM10K_XCAST_MODE_PROMISC will result in
generating orphaned multicast-group entries in the switch manager.
Before deleting the lport, reset multicast mode to FM10K_XCAST_MODE_NONE
to flush out these multicast-group entries.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:33 -07:00
Jacob Keller fb6515c8f0 fm10k: update comment regarding reserved bits check
The original comment may be read incorrectly as referring to checking
the *entire* length is zero. However, it merely checks only the reserved
bits of both length and reserved in a small amount of code. Update the
comment to indicate this is a clever trick and clearly spell out that it
only checks the reserve bits.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:32 -07:00
Jacob Keller 5c69df8a33 fm10k: use different name than FM10K_VLAN_CLEAR for override bit
Use a new #define FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE even though we're using the exact
same bit. The reason for this is clarity in the code, otherwise you can
read FM10K_VLAN_CLEAR and think it should be removed. Also add a comment
explaining why the FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE bit is set.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:32 -07:00
Jacob Keller d057d9a944 fm10k: use 8bit notation instead of 10bit notation for diagram
The diagram represents bit layout of the multi-bit VLAN update message
format. Typically these diagrams are drawn using some power of 2 as the
base, to more easily grasp where fields split. Although the numbers
above can make it somewhat easy to understand which bit you're looking
at, it makes the break points not line up. Re-draw the numbers using
base 8, and mark the bit values every 8 bits at the top. This should
make it more easy to grasp the table quickly.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:32 -07:00
Jacob Keller 4e160f2a59 fm10k: fix documentation of fm10k_tlv_parse_attr
fm10k_tlv_parse_attr is supposed to return FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED for any
TLV who's attribute id lies outside the range of results. It does not do
this today. In addition, the documentation does not indicate that other
attributes which are not implemented for a given TLV will be silently
ignored. Fix this. Clean up the logic so that we don't rely on the fact
that FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED is greater than zero, as this can easily
cause confusion.

A future extension could look into some way of reporting unknown TLVs
in order to make issues more easily discoverable. We can't just return
FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED here because we don't want to drop the entire
message if it has an unknown TLV.

While here, update the copyright year.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:07:31 -07:00
Jacob Keller 3417415c3a fm10k: do not disable PCI device in fm10k_io_error_detected
fm10k_io_error_detected() does not need to call pci_disable_device(). In
the cases where the reset needs to occur, the stack flow will result in
calling fm10k_remove() which already disables the PCI device. If we
leave the pci_disable_device(), we result in a warning about disabling
an already disabled device.

Many PCI drivers do call pci_disable_device() in their .error_detected()
routines, but it does not appear to be required. In addition, these
drivers have a check "is_pci_enabled()" call in their remove routines,
which is how they chose to handle the duplicate device disable.

This seems incorrect, since the PCI device structure is reference
counted. It is very possible that the reference count for the PCI device
could be greater than 1. In this case, you would remove the PCI device
within the error_detected routine, reducing count to 1, then remove it
again in the remove function, reducing it to zero. This would result in
yet another disable somewhere else failing. Thus, we shouldn't be using
is_pci_enabled() to check for this issue. Instead, just remove the
extraneous pci_device_disable() found within the error_detected routine.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:23 -07:00
Jacob Keller a7a7783ada fm10k: correctly handle LPORT_MAP error
Currently, any error responses from the switch manager after an
LPORT_MAP request are silently ignored. At most the mailbox message will
be reported as an error. This can result in unexpected behavior when the
switch manager has configured a port with zero bandwidth. Add support
for reading the fm10k_swapi_error structure from LPORT_MAP responses.

If the message contains the necessary TLV and has a non-zero error code,
report link down, clear the dglort_map, and delay the next
get_host_state call by a reasonable delay. Also log an error message
indicating that the LPORT_MAP request failed.

The delay ensures preventing an interrupt storm on the switch manager,
and reduces the number of mailbox messages we send in this scenario
drastically.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:22 -07:00
Ngai-Mint Kwan 8998763a7b fm10k: Fix multicast mode sync issues
Multicast mode checking is no longer a requirement to perform unicast
and multicast address syncs. Specifically, a device operating in
promiscuous and/or all multicast mode is not excluded. The issue occurs
when the netdev is pre-configured to either multicast mode and is
enabled for the first time. The multicast-group table in the Switch
Manager will be missing obvious multicast entries associated to this
netdev.

Changes were also made to disallow unicast and multicast syncs with
VLAN 0. The Switch Manager considers VLAN 0 to be an invalid entry.
Requests with VLAN 0 by the netdev are only generated when the driver is
freshly installed and the default VID is not set.

Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:22 -07:00
Jacob Keller 9de6a1a6b8 fm10k: drop 1588 support
The 1588 support within fm10k does not work correctly with the current
version of the switch management software, and likely never worked
correctly to begin with. Remove support for PTP/1588. Update copyright
year for all these files while we're touching them.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:22 -07:00
Jacob Keller 1e4c32f3ed fm10k: prevent RCU issues during AER events
During an AER action response, we were calling fm10k_close without
holding the rtnl_lock() which could lead to possible RCU warnings being
produced due to 64bit stat updates among other causes. Similarly, we
need rtnl_lock() around fm10k_open during fm10k_io_resume. Follow the
same pattern elsewhere in the driver and protect the entire open/close
sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:21 -07:00
Jacob Keller 2d0f76bedb fm10k: use DRV_SUMMARY to reduce code duplication
Use DRV_SUMMARY, similar to DRV_VERSION so that we don't have to
duplicate the driver summary in multiple places.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:21 -07:00
Alexander Duyck 144d830558 fm10k: Add support for bulk Tx cleanup & cleanup boolean logic
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for fm10k and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for fm10k in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:06:20 -07:00
Jacob Keller 3ef2f56326 fm10k: remove debug-statistics support
This change fixes an (ab)use of the ethtool stats API, which could
result in corrupt memory or misleading stat output. The ethtool stats
API is not robust enough to handle varying number of statistics due to
how it requests the size and allocates memory. Remove the poorly conceived
support originally added for extra debug statistics. In the future,
a new stats API may open up the ability to display these statistics.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 23:04:57 -07:00
Jacob Keller 09401ae251 fm10k: add helper functions to set strings and data for ethtool stats
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability.

Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-04-20 22:17:29 -07:00
Stefan Schmidt 151c37bc29 ieee802154: atusb: update my copyright years for this driver
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-21 00:21:28 +02:00
Stefan Schmidt 308dbb7afd ieee802154: atusb: implement .set_cca_mode ops callback
Catching up with the stack here and implement CCA mode setting.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-21 00:21:28 +02:00
Stefan Schmidt 0f4715c870 ieee802154: atusb: implement .set_cca_ed_level ops callback
Catching up with the stack here and implement CCA ED level setting.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-21 00:21:28 +02:00
Stefan Schmidt fb7c579ab0 ieee802154: atusb: implement .set_csma_params ops callback
Catching up with the stack here and implement CSMA parameter setting.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-21 00:21:27 +02:00
Kalle Valo 1fe63c9ca8 ath10k: remove enum ath10k_swap_code_seg_bin_type
It's not needed for anything so just get rid of it.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:30 +03:00
Kalle Valo 9dfe240b4d ath10k: switch testmode to use ath10k_core_fetch_firmware_api_n()
Now that all firmware-N.bin related are within struct ath10k_fw_file we can
switch to use ath10k_core_fetch_firmware_api_n() and delete almost identical
ath10k_tm_fetch_utf_firmware_api_2().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:29 +03:00
Kalle Valo 77561f9394 ath10k: move htt_op_version to struct ath10k_fw_file
Preparation for testmode.c to use ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:27 +03:00
Kalle Valo bf3c13ab49 ath10k: move wmi_op_version to struct ath10k_fw_file
Preparation for testmode.c to use ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:26 +03:00
Kalle Valo c4cdf753ed ath10k: move fw_features to struct ath10k_fw_file
Preparation for testmode.c to use ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:25 +03:00
Kalle Valo 4531735502 ath10k: move fw_version inside struct ath10k_fw_file
Preparation for testmode.c to use ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:24 +03:00
Kalle Valo 7ebf721d0d ath10k: refactor firmware images to struct ath10k_fw_components
To make it easier to share ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n() with testmode.c
refactor all firmware components to struct ath10k_fw_components. This structure
will hold firmware related files, for example firmware-N.bin and board-N.bin.

For firmware-N.bin create a new struct ath10k_fw_file which contains the actual
firmware image as well as the parsed data from the image.

Modify ath10k_core_start() to take struct ath10k_fw_components() as an argument
which makes it possible in following patches to drop some ugly hacks from
testmode.c.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:23 +03:00
Kalle Valo 3fb55c79d0 ath10k: remove deprecated firmware API 1 support
This has ben deprecated years ago, I haven't heard anyone using it since and
most likely it won't even work anymore. So just remove all of it.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 20:00:22 +03:00
Andrew Goodbody df63719390 Revert "Prevent NUll pointer dereference with two PHYs on cpsw"
This reverts commit cfe2556001

This can result in a "Unable to handle kernel paging request"
during boot. This was due to using an uninitialised struct member,
data->slaves.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Tested-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-20 12:01:36 -04:00
Alexander Aring 60f5f5d3a1 at86rf230: increase sleep to off timings
I expierenced when setting channel while sleep mode it didn't changed
the channel inside the hardware registers. Then I got another report of
an user which has similar issues.

I increased the sleep to off state change timing, which is according
at86rf233 at maximum 1000 us. After this change I got no similar effects
again.

I tried another option to wait on AWAKE_END irq, which can be used to
wait until the transceiver is awaked. I tested it and the IRQ took 4
seconds after starting state change. I don't believe it takes 4 seconds
to go into the TRX_OFF state from SLEEP state. The alternative is to
increase the timings which seems to work.

Cc: Oleg Hahm <oliver.hahm@inria.fr>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-20 16:17:13 +02:00
Julia Lawall 553bc087ca arcnet: com90xx: add __init attribute
Add __init attribute on a function that is only called from other __init
functions and that is not inlined, at least with gcc version 4.8.4 on an
x86 machine with allyesconfig.  Currently, the function is put in the
.text.unlikely segment.  Declaring it as __init will cause it to be put in
the .init.text and to disappear after initialization.

The result of objdump -x on the function before the change is as follows:

0000000000000000 l     F .text.unlikely 00000000000000bf check_mirror

And after the change it is as follows:

0000000000000000 l     F .init.text	00000000000000ba check_mirror

Done with the help of Coccinelle.  The semantic patch checks for local
static non-init functions that are called from an __init function and are
not called from any other function.

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Michael Grzeschik <mgr@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 20:17:45 -04:00
Konstantin Khlebnikov 851b10d608 net/mlx4_en: do batched put_page using atomic_sub
This patch fixes couple error paths after allocation failures.
Atomic set of page reference counter is safe only if it is zero,
otherwise set can race with any speculative get_page_unless_zero.

Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 20:04:24 -04:00
Konstantin Khlebnikov 04aeb56a17 net/mlx4_en: allocate non 0-order pages for RX ring with __GFP_NOMEMALLOC
High order pages are optional here since commit 51151a16a6 ("mlx4: allow
order-0 memory allocations in RX path"), so here is no reason for depleting
reserves. Generic __netdev_alloc_frag() implements the same logic.

Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 20:04:24 -04:00
Colin Ian King 47f58b1ebe ath9k: remove duplicate assignment of variable ah
ah is written twice with the same value, remove one of the
redundant assignments to ah.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:47 +03:00
Zefir Kurtisi 71f5137bf0 ath9k: interpret requested txpower in EIRP domain
Tx power limitations at upper layers are interpreted in
the EIRP domain. When the user requests a given maximum
txpower, e.g. with: 'iw phy0 set txpower fixed 1500',
he expects the EIRP to be at or below 15dBm.

In ath9k_hw_apply_txpower(), the interpretation is
different: the antenna-gain is capped against the
current txpower limit in the regulatory, but not
against the user set value. It ensures that the
resulting EIRP is below the limit defined by the
active countrycode, but not below the value the
user requested.

In a scenario like e.g.
 a) antenna_gain=6
 b) countrycode limits to eirp=18
 c) user set txpower=15
this will cause a setting for AR_PHY_POWER_TX_RATE
regs resulting in an EIRP > 15.

This patch ensures that antenna-gain is considered
whenever the txpower limit is adjusted and with that
the user set limits are kept.

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:47 +03:00
Markus Elfring f286dd899b ath9k_htc: Replace a variable initialisation by an assignment in ath9k_htc_set_channel()
Replace an explicit initialisation for one local variable at the beginning
by a conditional assignment.

Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Reviewed-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:47 +03:00
Raja Mani 7e247a9e88 ath10k: add dynamic tx mode switch config support for qca4019
push-pull mode needs certain amount the host driver involvement for
managing queues in the host memory and packet delivery to firmware.
qca4019 wifi firmware has an option to stay in push mode for less
number of active traffic flow and then switch to push-pull mode when
the active traffic flow goes beyond the certain limit.

The advantage of staying in push mode for less active traffic is, the
host cpu consumption is reduced. qca4019 firmware supports this
flexibility of the mode switch. It takes the host driver interest
(LOW_PERF/HIGH_PERF) via WMI_EXT_RESOURCE_CFG_CMDID,

 LOW_PERF  - fw would stay in push mode and switch to push-pull
               based on demand.
 HIGH_PERF - fw would stay in push-pull mode from the boot.

To make this configuration generic, new WMI services
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_ONLY, WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_PUSH_PULL,
WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC are introduced to take dynamic tx mode
switch support availability in firmware.
Based on WMI_SERVICE_TX_MODE_DYNAMIC, LOW_PERF or HIGHT_PERF is
configured to the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:46 +03:00
Dan Carpenter de72a20dc3 ath10k: add some sanity checks to peer_map_event() functions
Smatch complains that since "ev->peer_id" comes from skb->data that
means we can't trust it and have to do a bounds check on it to prevent
an array overflow.

Fixes: 6942726f7f ('ath10k: add fast peer_map lookup')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:46 +03:00
Rajkumar Manoharan 1ce8c1484e ath10k: fix rx_channel during hw reconfigure
Upon firmware assert, restart work will be triggered so that mac80211
will reconfigure the driver. An issue is reported that after restart
work, survey dump data do not contain in-use (SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE) info
for operating channel. During reconfigure, since mac80211 already has
valid channel context for given radio, channel context iteration return
num_chanctx > 0. Hence rx_channel is always NULL. Fix this by assigning
channel context to rx_channel when driver restart is in progress.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:46 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan 87be054a30 ath10k: fix return value for btcoex and peer stats debugfs
Return value is incorrect for btcoex and peer stats debugfs
'write' entries if the user provides a value that matches with
the already available debugfs entry, this results in the debugfs
entry getting stuck and the operation has to be terminated manually.
Fix this by returning the appropriate return 'count' as we do it for
other debugfs entries like pktlog etc.

Fixes: cc61a1bbbc ("ath10k: enable debugfs provision to enable Peer Stats feature")
Fixes: c28e6f06ff ("ath10k: fix sanity check on enabling btcoex via debugfs")
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 18:10:46 +03:00
Ingo Molnar 6666ea558b Linux 4.6-rc4
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJXFELfAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGRYIH+wWsUva7TR9arN1ZrURvI17b
 KqyQH8Ov9zJBsIaq/rFXOr5KfNgx7BU9BL9h7QkBy693HXTWf+GTZ1czHM4N12C3
 0ZdHGrLwTHo2zdisiQaFORZSfhSVTUNGXGHXw13bUMgEqatPgkozXEnsvXXNdt1Z
 HtlcuJn3pcj+QIY7qDXZgTLTwgn248hi1AgNag+ntFcWiz21IYaMIi7/mCY9QUIi
 AY+Y3hqFQM7/8cVyThGS5wZPTg1YzdhsLJpoCk0TbS8FvMEnA+ylcTgc15C78bwu
 AxOwM3OCmH4gMsd7Dd/O+i9lE3K6PFrgzdDisYL3P7eHap+EdiLDvVzPDPPx0xg=
 =Q7r3
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'v4.6-rc4' into x86/asm, to pick up fixes

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2016-04-19 10:38:52 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann b67d1df5ad net: w5100: don't build spi driver without w5100
The w5100-spi driver front-end only makes sense when the w5100
core driver is enabled, not for a configuration that only has w5300:

drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5100_spi_remove':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:277: undefined reference to `w5100_remove'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5100_spi_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:272: undefined reference to `w5100_probe'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_init':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_readbulk':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o: In function `w5200_spi_writebulk':
drivers/net/ethernet/wiznet/w5100-spi.c:125: undefined reference to `w5100_ops_priv'
drivers/net/built-in.o:(.data+0x3ed1c): undefined reference to `w5100_pm_ops'

This adds an appropriate Kconfig dependency.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 630cf09751 ("net: w5100: support SPI interface mode")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 01:05:15 -04:00
Linus Torvalds 12566cc35d PCI updates for v4.6:
VPD
     Add pci_set_vpd_size() (Hariprasad Shenai)
     cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures (Hariprasad Shenai)
 
   Freescale i.MX6 host bridge driver
     Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO" (Fabio Estevam)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXFXQVAAoJEFmIoMA60/r8UdgQAL986rapG6wG0ZC63BnMs/vl
 SHYM8prWKBDCGFJ2VPdBMWzcGYnZ+M++G8p7Ys5DLjZzEa2BV/LieyqX15HfKn8P
 d9VlLExTfMyb7O0FMgmZQMYfwtEoXorYwqP6JcJAGg/+CoinNj60dT4SvN8q+XdT
 sr5yNeTVNYHpFWOYDs0Ep2XgRLoE4Sd7NnwJISFL56ZrkpgGy5tZteD+iN8/0ZVN
 cMDZmkBZmN+8iHiS/3Rq7/woTpR+o2o57Wdw4Hsm6QoS177MoExB+foT+cQMB2CS
 U/YqvUElXpwPFOgficw/VEPtkCsKmwerN3FUpXKCXQobxkH+p8p5XYBtNRoeuiQS
 Bm+ijgAoLJNE5lnG1ibj5ENs55bOHnJa81mLWdht8V8R1CUd9zgdUb8F04GYiA4e
 OFEZ/4pKh/7+8w1gtF/NozWGxvgK3QBCT0avN7FI9zkJRe3b0i8FvPcjIYYXtLcw
 spNM+7nLQI9DEF3Kkve7DdIlMaZMO/zdNNuOkJQdLfVLt/8Spn01Vua1GC28Kf6C
 WGAOVmA30PuiLvrF5mNnNpKKp5SlLOq/hPgx6PBRIgDqzH7ekJi7LYPzP3ibrdaY
 70Rm5phJ9Mmpq+NpgLjC+Gc+3C2uAI8CGvtsKEkC7xfZncBk6w/lAFFvdm1zgJFH
 2GnNhL5+nSKrty5GvAP0
 =oW8E
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'pci-v4.6-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci

Pull PCI fixes from Bjorn Helgaas:
 "These are fixes for two issues:

   - The VPD parsing code we added for v4.6 keeps some devices from
     crashing, but also keeps cxgb4 from reading non-standard extra VPD
     data that is relies on.  Hariprasad added a way for the driver to
     specify how much VPD is valid.

   - The i.MX6 active-low reset GPIO support we added in v4.5 caused
     regressions on some boards, so we're reverting that.

  VPD:
    Add pci_set_vpd_size() (Hariprasad Shenai)
    cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures (Hariprasad Shenai)

  Freescale i.MX6 host bridge driver:
    Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO" (Fabio Estevam)"

* tag 'pci-v4.6-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci:
  cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures
  PCI: Add pci_set_vpd_size() to set VPD size
  Revert "PCI: imx6: Add support for active-low reset GPIO"
2016-04-18 19:52:47 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman 5614e77258 Merge 4.6-rc4 into driver-core-next
We want those fixes in here as well.

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2016-04-19 04:28:28 +09:00
Govindarajulu Varadarajan e7600449be enic: set netdev->vlan_features
Driver sets vlan_feature to netdev->features as hardware supports all of
them on vlan interface.

Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:53:21 -04:00
KY Srinivasan 84bf9cefb1 hv_netvsc: Implement support for VF drivers on Hyper-V
Support VF drivers on Hyper-V. On Hyper-V, each VF instance presented to
the guest has an associated synthetic interface that shares the MAC address
with the VF instance. Typically these are bonded together to support
live migration. By default, the host delivers all the incoming packets
on the synthetic interface. Once the VF is up, we need to explicitly switch
the data path on the host to divert traffic onto the VF interface. Even after
switching the data path, broadcast and multicast packets are always delivered
on the synthetic interface and these will have to be injected back onto the
VF interface (if VF is up).
This patch implements the necessary support in netvsc to support Linux
VF drivers.

Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:51:47 -04:00
Philippe Reynes 54846f5838 fec: move to new ethtool api {get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move the fec driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:45:09 -04:00
Philippe Reynes 2d55173e71 phy: add generic function to support ksetting support
The old ethtool api (get_setting and set_setting) has
generic phy functions phy_ethtool_sset and phy_ethtool_gset.
To supprt the new ethtool api (get_link_ksettings and
set_link_ksettings), we add generic phy function
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get and phy_ethtool_ksettings_set.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:45:08 -04:00
Paolo Abeni 2a2bbf1700 tun: don't require serialization lock on tx
The current tun_net_xmit() implementation don't need any external
lock since it relies on rcu protection for the tun data structure
and on socket queue lock for skb queuing.

This patch set the NETIF_F_LLTX feature bit in the tun device, so
that on xmit, in absence of qdisc, no serialization lock is acquired
by the caller.

The user space can remove the default tun qdisc with:

tc qdisc replace dev <tun device name> root noqueue

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-18 14:36:26 -04:00
Masanari Iida c19ca6cb4c treewide: Fix typos in printk
This patch fix spelling typos found in printk
within various part of the kernel sources.

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2016-04-18 11:23:24 +02:00
Vivien Didelot d967ecbc0b net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: remove switch ID from ps
ps->id is not needed anymore, so remove it as well as the related
defined values.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot cd5a2c82ba net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add number of db to info
Add the number of databases to the info structure.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 009a2b9843 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add number of ports to info
Drop the ps->num_ports variable in favor of a new member of the info
structure. This removes the need to assign it at setup time.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 22356476a8 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add family to info
Add an mv88e6xxx_family enum to the info structure for better family
indentification.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot f6271e676b net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: add switch info
Add a new switch info structure which is meant to store switch models
static information, such as product number, name, number of ports,
number of databases, etc.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a439c0612d net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: read switch ID in probe
Read the switch ID only once, at probe time, to avoid multiple read
accesses and MII bus checking.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 54c6f4bda7 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: drop revision probing
There is no point in having a special case for the revision when probing
a switch model. The code gets cluttered with unnecessary defines, and
leads to errors when code such as mv88e6131_setup compares
PORT_SWITCH_ID_6131_B2 to ps->id which masks the revision.

Drop every revision definition, and lookup only the product number.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot b346204737 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: drop double ds assignment
Every driver assigns ps->ds even though it gets assigned in the shared
mv88e6xxx_setup_common function. Kill redundancy.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:15 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 0209d144e3 net: dsa: constify probed name
Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:14 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann ab2ed0171a macsec: fix crypto Kconfig dependency
The new MACsec driver uses the AES crypto algorithm, but can be configured
even if CONFIG_CRYPTO is disabled, leading to a build error:

warning: (MAC80211 && MACSEC) selects CRYPTO_GCM which has unmet direct dependencies (CRYPTO)
warning: (BT && CEPH_LIB && INET && MAC802154 && MAC80211 && BLK_DEV_RBD && MACSEC && AIRO_CS && LIBIPW && HOSTAP && USB_WUSB && RTLLIB_CRYPTO_CCMP && FS_ENCRYPTION && EXT4_ENCRYPTION && CEPH_FS && BIG_KEYS && ENCRYPTED_KEYS) selects CRYPTO_AES which has unmet direct dependencies (CRYPTO)
crypto/built-in.o: In function `gcm_enc_copy_hash':
aes_generic.c:(.text+0x2b8): undefined reference to `crypto_xor'
aes_generic.c:(.text+0x2dc): undefined reference to `scatterwalk_map_and_copy'

This adds an explicit 'select CRYPTO' statement the way that other
drivers handle it.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:39:02 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski 3d780b926a nfp: add async reconfiguration mechanism
Some callers of nfp_net_reconfig() are in atomic context so
we used to busy wait for commands to complete.  In worst case
scenario that means locking up a core for up to 5 seconds
when a command times out.  Lets add a timer-based mechanism
of asynchronously checking whether reconfiguration completed
successfully for atomic callers to use.  Non-atomic callers
can now just sleep.

The approach taken is quite simple because (1) synchronous
reconfigurations always happen under RTNL (or before device
is registered); (2) we can coalesce pending reconfigs.
There is no need for request queues, timer which eventually
takes a look at reconfiguration result to report errors is
good enough.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:40 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski 180012dc05 nfp: remove buggy RX buffer length validation
Meaning of data_len and meta_len RX WB descriptor fields is
slightly confusing.  Add a comment with a diagram clarifying
the layout.  Also remove the buffer length validation:
(a) it's imprecise for static rx-offsets; (b) if firmware
is buggy enough to DMA past the end of the buffer
WARN_ON_ONCE() doesn't seem like a strong enough response.
skb_put() will do the checking for us anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:40 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski 2db221cd44 nfp: remove unused suspicious mask defines
NFP_NET_RXR_MASK sounds like a mask which could be used on
NFP_NET_CFG_RXRS_ENABLE register but its value is quite
strange.  In fact there are no users of this define so let's
just remove it.  Same for TX rings.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:40 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski 6ffa622d85 nfp: correct names of constants in comments
Documentation in comments lacks CFG in some names.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:39 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski c160692e86 nfp: remove unnecessary static
There is no reason for those local variables to be static.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:39 -04:00
Jakub Kicinski 5b161096f0 nfp: check the right pointer for errors
Correct checking error condition on wrong pointer -
copy/paste mistake most likely.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:34:39 -04:00
Eric Dumazet 6517eb59b0 net: bcmgenet: device stats are unsigned long
On 64bit kernels, device stats are 64bit wide, not 32bit.

Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 22:03:39 -04:00
Taku Izumi 8f180fadb5 fjes: Update fjes driver version : 1.1
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Taku Izumi bd5a256991 fjes: Introduce spinlock for rx_status
This patch introduces spinlock of rx_status for
proper excusive control.

Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Taku Izumi 16bbec3a50 fjes: Enhance changing MTU related work
This patch enhances the fjes_change_mtu() method
by introducing new flag named FJES_RX_MTU_CHANGING_DONE
in rx_status. At the same time, default MTU value is
changed into 65510 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Taku Izumi 19a0a7fd55 fjes: fix bitwise check bug in fjes_raise_intr_rxdata_task
In fjes_raise_intr_rxdata_task(), there's a bug of bitwise
check because of missing "& FJES_RX_POLL_WORK".
This patch fixes this bug.

Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Taku Izumi 3c3bd4a91e fjes: fix incorrect statistics information in fjes_xmit_frame()
There are bugs of acounting statistics in fjes_xmit_frame().
Accounting self stats is wrong. accounting stats of other
EPs to be transmitted  is right.
This patch fixes this bug.

Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Taku Izumi da5a2383c9 fjes: optimize timeout value
This patch optimizes the following timeout value.
 - FJES_DEVICE_RESET_TIMEOUT
 - FJES_COMMAND_REQ_TIMEOUT
 - FJES_COMMAND_REQ_BUFF_TIMEOUT

Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:51:01 -04:00
Dinh Nguyen f66bc94174 stmmac: socfpga: remove extra call to socfpga_dwmac_setup
In the socfpga_dwmac_probe function, we have a call to socfpga_dwmac_setup,
which is already called from socfpga_dwmac_init later in the probe function.
Remove this extra call to socfpga_dwmac_setup.

Also we should not be calling socfpga_dwmac_setup() directly without wrapping
it around the proper reset assert/deasserts. That is because the
socfpga_dwmac_setup() is setting up PHY modes in the system manager, and it
is requires the EMAC's to be in reset during the PHY setup.

Reported-by: Matthew Gerlach <mgerlach@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 21:46:56 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 48ace4ef4c dsa: mv88e6xxx: Kill the REG_READ and REG_WRITE macros
These macros hide a ds variable and a return statement on error, which
can lead to locking issues. Kill them off.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:23:45 -04:00
Alexander Duyck aed069df09 ip_tunnel_core: iptunnel_handle_offloads returns int and doesn't free skb
This patch updates the IP tunnel core function iptunnel_handle_offloads so
that we return an int and do not free the skb inside the function.  This
actually allows us to clean up several paths in several tunnels so that we
can free the skb at one point in the path without having to have a
secondary path if we are supporting tunnel offloads.

In addition it should resolve some double-free issues I have found in the
tunnels paths as I believe it is possible for us to end up triggering such
an event in the case of fou or gue.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:09:13 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 207afda1b5 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: share the same default FDB
For hardware cross-chip bridging to work, user ports *and* DSA ports
need to share a common address database, in order to switch a frame to
the correct interconnected device.

This is currently working for VLAN filtering aware systems, since Linux
will implement a bridge group as a 802.1Q VLAN, which has its own FDB,
including DSA and CPU links as members.

However when the system doesn't support VLAN filtering, Linux only
relies on the port-based VLAN to implement a bridge group.

To fix hardware cross-chip bridging for such systems, set the same
default address database 0 for user and DSA ports, instead of giving
them all a different default database.

Note that the bridging code prevents frames to egress between unbridged
ports, and flushes FDB entries of a port when changing its STP state.

Also note that the FID 0 is special and means "all" for ATU operations,
but it's OK since it is used as a default forwarding address database.

Fixes: 2db9ce1fd9 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: assign default FDB to ports")
Fixes: 466dfa0770 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: assign dynamic FDB to bridges")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:07:10 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 996ecb8246 net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: enable SA learning on DSA ports
In multi-chip systems, DSA Tag ports must learn SA addresses in order to
correctly switch frames between interconnected chips.

This fixes cross-chip hardware bridging in a VLAN filtering aware
system, because a bridge group gets implemented as an hardware 802.1Q
VLAN and thus DSA and user ports share the same FDB.

Fixes: 4c7ea3c079 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: disable SA learning for DSA and CPU ports")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:07:10 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 65fa40276a net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: unlock DSA and CPU ports
Locking a port generates an hardware interrupt when a new SA address is
received. This enables CPU directed learning, which is needed for 802.1X
MAC authentication.

To disable automatic learning on a port, the only configuration needed
is to set its Port Association Vector to all zero.

Clear PAV when SA learning should be disabled instead of locking a port.

Fixes: 4c7ea3c079 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: disable SA learning for DSA and CPU ports")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:07:10 -04:00
Akinobu Mita 0c165ff2d8 net: w5100: support W5200
This adds support for W5200 chip.

W5100 and W5200 have similar memory map although some of their offsets
are different.  The register access sequences between them are different
but w5100 driver has abstraction layer for difference bus interface
modes so it is easy to add W5200 support to w5100 and w5100-spi drivers.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:30:27 -04:00
Akinobu Mita 630cf09751 net: w5100: support SPI interface mode
This adds new w5100-spi driver which shares the bus interface
independent code with existing w5100 driver.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:30:27 -04:00
Akinobu Mita bf2c6b90b3 net: w5100: enable to support sleepable register access interface
SPI transfer routines are callable only from contexts that can sleep.

This adds ability to tell the core driver that the interface mode
cannot access w5100 register on atomic contexts.  In this case,
workqueue and threaded irq are required.

This also corrects timeout period waiting for command register to be
automatically cleared because the latency of the register access with
SPI transfer can be interfered by other contexts.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:30:27 -04:00
Akinobu Mita 850576cfed net: w5100: add ability to support other bus interface
The w5100 driver currently only supports direct and indirect bus
interface mode which use MMIO space for accessing w5100 registers.

In order to support SPI interface mode which is supported by W5100 chip,
this makes the bus interface abstraction layer more generic so that
separated w5100-spi driver can use w5100 driver as core module.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:30:27 -04:00
Akinobu Mita d6586d2ef4 net: w5100: move mmiowb into register access callbacks
Instead of sprinkle mmiowb over the driver code, move it into primary
register write callbacks. (w5100_write, w5100_write16, w5100_writebuf)

This is a preparation for supporting SPI interface which doesn't use
MMIO for accessing w5100 registers.

Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Sinkovsky <msink@permonline.ru>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:30:26 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 544a773a01 vxlan: reduce usage of synchronize_net in ndo_stop
We only need to do the synchronize_net dance once for both, ipv4 and
ipv6 sockets, thus removing one synchronize_net in case both sockets get
dismantled.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:23:23 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa 0412bd931f vxlan: synchronously and race-free destruction of vxlan sockets
Due to the fact that the udp socket is destructed asynchronously in a
work queue, we have some nondeterministic behavior during shutdown of
vxlan tunnels and creating new ones. Fix this by keeping the destruction
process synchronous in regards to the user space process so IFF_UP can
be reliably set.

udp_tunnel_sock_release destroys vs->sock->sk if reference counter
indicates so. We expect to have the same lifetime of vxlan_sock and
vxlan_sock->sock->sk even in fast paths with only rcu locks held. So
only destruct the whole socket after we can be sure it cannot be found
by searching vxlan_net->sock_list.

Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:23:01 -04:00
wangweidong f48256efed phy: make some bits preserved while setup forced mode
When tested the PHY SGMII Loopback:
1.set the LOOPBACK bit,
2.set the autoneg to AUTONEG_DISABLE, it calls the
genphy_setup_forced which will clear the bit.

The BMCR_LOOPBACK bit should be preserved.

As Florian pointed out that other bits should be preserved too.
So I make the BMCR_ISOLATE and BMCR_PDOWN as well.

Signed-off-by: Weidong Wang <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 20:10:00 -04:00
Andrew Goodbody cfe2556001 cpsw: Prevent NUll pointer dereference with two PHYs
Adding a 2nd PHY to cpsw results in a NULL pointer dereference
as below. Fix by maintaining a reference to each PHY node in slave
struct instead of a single reference in the priv struct which was
overwritten by the 2nd PHY.

[   17.870933] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000180
[   17.879557] pgd = dc8bc000
[   17.882514] [00000180] *pgd=9c882831, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
[   17.889213] Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM
[   17.893838] Modules linked in:
[   17.897102] CPU: 0 PID: 1657 Comm: connmand Not tainted 4.5.0-ge463dfb-dirty #11
[   17.904947] Hardware name: Cambrionix whippet
[   17.909576] task: dc859240 ti: dc968000 task.ti: dc968000
[   17.915339] PC is at phy_attached_print+0x18/0x8c
[   17.920339] LR is at phy_attached_info+0x14/0x18
[   17.925247] pc : [<c042baec>]    lr : [<c042bb74>]    psr: 600f0113
[   17.925247] sp : dc969cf8  ip : dc969d28  fp : dc969d18
[   17.937425] r10: dda7a400  r9 : 00000000  r8 : 00000000
[   17.942971] r7 : 00000001  r6 : ddb00480  r5 : ddb8cb34  r4 : 00000000
[   17.949898] r3 : c0954cc0  r2 : c09562b0  r1 : 00000000  r0 : 00000000
[   17.956829] Flags: nZCv  IRQs on  FIQs on  Mode SVC_32  ISA ARM  Segment none
[   17.964401] Control: 10c5387d  Table: 9c8bc019  DAC: 00000051
[   17.970500] Process connmand (pid: 1657, stack limit = 0xdc968210)
[   17.977059] Stack: (0xdc969cf8 to 0xdc96a000)
[   17.981692] 9ce0:                                                       dc969d28 dc969d08
[   17.990386] 9d00: c038f9bc c038f6b4 ddb00480 dc969d34 dc969d28 c042bb74 c042bae4 00000000
[   17.999080] 9d20: c09562b0 c0954cc0 dc969d5c dc969d38 c043ebfc c042bb6c 00000007 00000003
[   18.007773] 9d40: ddb00000 ddb8cb58 ddb00480 00000001 dc969dec dc969d60 c0441614 c043ea68
[   18.016465] 9d60: 00000000 00000003 00000000 fffffff4 dc969df4 0000000d 00000000 00000000
[   18.025159] 9d80: dc969db4 dc969d90 c005dc08 c05839e0 dc969df4 0000000d ddb00000 00001002
[   18.033851] 9da0: 00000000 00000000 dc969dcc dc969db8 c005ddf4 c005dbc8 00000000 00000118
[   18.042544] 9dc0: dc969dec dc969dd0 ddb00000 c06db27c ffff9003 00001002 00000000 00000000
[   18.051237] 9de0: dc969e0c dc969df0 c057c88c c04410dc dc969e0c ddb00000 ddb00000 00000001
[   18.059930] 9e00: dc969e34 dc969e10 c057cb44 c057c7d8 ddb00000 ddb00138 00001002 beaeda20
[   18.068622] 9e20: 00000000 00000000 dc969e5c dc969e38 c057cc28 c057cac0 00000000 dc969e80
[   18.077315] 9e40: dda7a40c beaeda20 00000000 00000000 dc969ecc dc969e60 c05e36d0 c057cc14
[   18.086007] 9e60: dc969e84 00000051 beaeda20 00000000 dda7a40c 00000014 ddb00000 00008914
[   18.094699] 9e80: 30687465 00000000 00000000 00000000 00009003 00000000 00000000 00000000
[   18.103391] 9ea0: 00001002 00008914 dd257ae0 beaeda20 c098a428 beaeda20 00000011 00000000
[   18.112084] 9ec0: dc969edc dc969ed0 c05e4e54 c05e3030 dc969efc dc969ee0 c055f5ac c05e4cc4
[   18.120777] 9ee0: beaeda20 dd257ae0 dc8ab4c0 00008914 dc969f7c dc969f00 c010b388 c055f45c
[   18.129471] 9f00: c071ca40 dd257ac0 c00165e8 dc968000 dc969f3c dc969f20 dc969f64 dc969f28
[   18.138164] 9f20: c0115708 c0683ec8 dd257ac0 dd257ac0 dc969f74 dc969f40 c055f350 c00fc66c
[   18.146857] 9f40: dd82e4d0 00000011 00000000 00080000 dd257ac0 00000000 dc8ab4c0 dc8ab4c0
[   18.155550] 9f60: 00008914 beaeda20 00000011 00000000 dc969fa4 dc969f80 c010bc34 c010b2fc
[   18.164242] 9f80: 00000000 00000011 00000002 00000036 c00165e8 dc968000 00000000 dc969fa8
[   18.172935] 9fa0: c00163e0 c010bbcc 00000000 00000011 00000011 00008914 beaeda20 00009003
[   18.181628] 9fc0: 00000000 00000011 00000002 00000036 00081018 00000001 00000000 beaedc10
[   18.190320] 9fe0: 00083188 beaeda1c 00043a5d b6d29c0c 600b0010 00000011 00000000 00000000
[   18.198989] Backtrace:
[   18.201621] [<c042bad8>] (phy_attached_print) from [<c042bb74>] (phy_attached_info+0x14/0x18)
[   18.210664]  r3:c0954cc0 r2:c09562b0 r1:00000000
[   18.215588]  r4:ddb00480
[   18.218322] [<c042bb60>] (phy_attached_info) from [<c043ebfc>] (cpsw_slave_open+0x1a0/0x280)
[   18.227293] [<c043ea5c>] (cpsw_slave_open) from [<c0441614>] (cpsw_ndo_open+0x544/0x674)
[   18.235874]  r7:00000001 r6:ddb00480 r5:ddb8cb58 r4:ddb00000
[   18.241944] [<c04410d0>] (cpsw_ndo_open) from [<c057c88c>] (__dev_open+0xc0/0x128)
[   18.249972]  r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00001002 r6:ffff9003 r5:c06db27c r4:ddb00000
[   18.258255] [<c057c7cc>] (__dev_open) from [<c057cb44>] (__dev_change_flags+0x90/0x154)
[   18.266745]  r5:00000001 r4:ddb00000
[   18.270575] [<c057cab4>] (__dev_change_flags) from [<c057cc28>] (dev_change_flags+0x20/0x50)
[   18.279523]  r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:beaeda20 r6:00001002 r5:ddb00138 r4:ddb00000
[   18.287811] [<c057cc08>] (dev_change_flags) from [<c05e36d0>] (devinet_ioctl+0x6ac/0x76c)
[   18.296483]  r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:beaeda20 r6:dda7a40c r5:dc969e80 r4:00000000
[   18.304762] [<c05e3024>] (devinet_ioctl) from [<c05e4e54>] (inet_ioctl+0x19c/0x1c8)
[   18.312882]  r10:00000000 r9:00000011 r8:beaeda20 r7:c098a428 r6:beaeda20 r5:dd257ae0
[   18.321235]  r4:00008914
[   18.323956] [<c05e4cb8>] (inet_ioctl) from [<c055f5ac>] (sock_ioctl+0x15c/0x2d8)
[   18.331829] [<c055f450>] (sock_ioctl) from [<c010b388>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x98/0x8d0)
[   18.339765]  r7:00008914 r6:dc8ab4c0 r5:dd257ae0 r4:beaeda20
[   18.345822] [<c010b2f0>] (do_vfs_ioctl) from [<c010bc34>] (SyS_ioctl+0x74/0x84)
[   18.353573]  r10:00000000 r9:00000011 r8:beaeda20 r7:00008914 r6:dc8ab4c0 r5:dc8ab4c0
[   18.361924]  r4:00000000
[   18.364653] [<c010bbc0>] (SyS_ioctl) from [<c00163e0>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x3c)
[   18.372682]  r9:dc968000 r8:c00165e8 r7:00000036 r6:00000002 r5:00000011 r4:00000000
[   18.380960] Code: e92dd810 e24cb010 e24dd010 e59b4004 (e5902180)
[   18.387580] ---[ end trace c80529466223f3f3 ]---

Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@cambrionix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:24:37 -04:00
Manish Chopra 14db81defa qede: Add fastpath support for tunneling
This patch enables netdev tunneling features and adds
TX/RX fastpath support for tunneling in driver.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:08:09 -04:00
Manish Chopra f798586920 qed: Enable GRE tunnel slowpath configuration
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:08:09 -04:00
Manish Chopra 9a109dd073 qed/qede: Add GENEVE tunnel slowpath configuration support
This patch enables GENEVE tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for GENEVE tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:08:08 -04:00
Manish Chopra b18e170cac qed/qede: Add VXLAN tunnel slowpath configuration support
This patch enables VXLAN tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for VXLAN tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:08:08 -04:00
Manish Chopra 464f664501 qed: Add infrastructure support for tunneling
This patch adds various structure/APIs needed to configure/enable different
tunnel [VXLAN/GRE/GENEVE] parameters on the adapter.

Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:08:08 -04:00
Amitoj Kaur Chawla ac18dd9e84 qlge: Replace create_singlethread_workqueue with alloc_ordered_workqueue
Replace deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue with
alloc_ordered_workqueue.

Work items include getting tx/rx frame sizes, resetting MPI processor,
setting asic recovery bit so ordering seems necessary as only one work
item should be in queue/executing at any given time, hence the use of
alloc_ordered_workqueue.

WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag has been set since ethernet devices seem to sit in
memory reclaim path, so to guarantee forward progress regardless of
memory pressure.

Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 16:42:10 -04:00
Jes Sorensen 265697eb2f rtl8xxxu: Pause TX before calling disable_rf()
All the disable_rf() functions were setting REG_TXPAUSE to 0xff to
stop transmission. Do it centrally before calling disable_rf()
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:16 +03:00
Jes Sorensen ae5c01fd2f rtl8xxxu: Implement rtl8192e_enable_rf()
This implements an 8192eu specific enable_rf() function. The 8192eu is
not a combo device, so no need for doing the BT specific bits needed
by the 8723bu.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:15 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 6a62f9d527 rtl8xxxu: Fix OOPS if user tries to add device via /sys
This driver relies on driver_info in struct usb_device_id, so allowing
adding a device via /sys/bus/usb/drivers/rtl8xxxu/new_id will cause a
NULL pointer dereference.

Set .no_dynamic_id = 1 to disable hot add of USB IDs.

Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:14 +03:00
Jes Sorensen cabb550e2b rtl8xxxu: Fix 8188RU support
The 8188RU does not like PAPE to be enabled, while all the other gen1
parts seem to require it.

This makes the RTL8188RU able to associate for me.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:13 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 2fc0b8e5a1 rtl8xxxu: Add TX power base values for gen1 parts
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:12 +03:00
Jes Sorensen b9f9d6992f rtl8xxxu: Set register 0xfe10 on rtl8192cu based parts
This register is undocumented in the vendor code, but it is set
unconditionally for all 8192cu/8188cu/8188ru parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:11 +03:00
Jes Sorensen eb18806261 rtl8xxxu: Update copyright statement to include 2016
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:10 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 8cae2f1da8 rtl8xxxu: Unregister from mac80211 before shutting down the device
This fixes a long standing bug where mac80211 would send disconnect
packets to the device, after we had shut down the device.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:09 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 8e25496090 rtl8xxxu: Match 8723bu power down sequence to vendor driver
In particular set APS_FSMCO_WLON_RESET in the right register, and do
not overwrite too much of REG_CR.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:08 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 8d95c8084f rtl8xxxu: Use rtl_chip == RTL8188R to identify high PA parts
This is simpler than checking for RTL8188C && hi_pa.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:07 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 78a8421959 rtl8xxxu: Apply 8188RU workaround for UMC B cut parts correctly
This patch was being missed since rtl_chip will never match RTL8188C
if hi_pa is true.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:06 +03:00
Jes Sorensen b591e982bc rtl8xxxu: For devices with external PA (8188RU), limit CCK TX power
Per the vendor driver, devices with an external PA needs limiting it's
TX power to 0x20.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:05 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 4062b8ffec rtl8xxxu: Move PHY RF init into device specific functions
Load the RF table in init_phy_rf(), which allows for applying device
specific RF hacks in the same place. Getting rid of more ugly if ()
clutter.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:04 +03:00
Colin Ian King 37ba4b6265 rtl8xxxu: fix uninitialized return value in ret
several functions are not initializing a return status in ret
resulting in garbage to be returned instead of 0 for success.
Currently, the calls to these functions are not checking the
return, however, it seems prudent to return the correct status
in case they are to be checked at a later date.

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:03 +03:00
Jes Sorensen e1d70c9b04 rtl8xxxu: Mark 0x050d:0x1004 as tested
This dongle was tested successfully by Andrea Merello

Reported-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:38:01 +03:00
Jes Sorensen a39b683966 Re-enable 8192eu support
Revert "rtl8xxxu: Temporarily disable 8192eu device init"

This reverts commit ccfe1e8532.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:48 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 46b378318d rtl8xxxu: 8192eu Fix bug in LDPC RX hang fix
Write the adjusted value back to the correct register

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:46 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 31133da702 rtl8xxxu: Remove unneeded 8192eu hack
This removes an unneeded hack for 8192eu, and allows for initializing
REG_FPGA0_XAB_RF_SW_CTRL at the same point as it is done for all other
parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:46 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 747bf23759 rtl8xxxu: Split USB quirks into gen1 and gen2 quirks
This removes a bunch of if () spaghetti and re-applies the USB bus
quirks for 8188/8192 that had gotten lost.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:44 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 9b323ee97a rtl8xxxu: Make PBP tuning a fileops parameter
Rather than scattering the code with #ifdefs, use the fileops
structure to hold device specific PBP values.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:43 +03:00
Jes Sorensen a773720691 rtl8xxxu: Do not backup RF_MODE_AG when it's never being used
This was expired by the vendor driver, but we never ended up using the
backed up value.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:43 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 24e8e7ec33 rtl8xxxu: Store device specific TRXFF boundary in the fileops
This removes another case of ugly if () clutter

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:42 +03:00
Jes Sorensen b84cac16f0 rtl8xxxu: REG_LDOA15_CTRL is only used on gen1 parts
Move setting it to rtl8723au_init_phy_bb()

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:41 +03:00
Jes Sorensen c82f8d113e rtl8xxxu: Move loading of AGC table to device specific function
This moves the loading of the AGC table into init_phy_bb() and reduces
the if() clutter.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:40 +03:00
Jes Sorensen ade0dedde1 rtl8xxxu: Load AGC table before patching for 1T2R parts
This should get the order right and avoid patching something that is
later overwritten.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:39 +03:00
Jes Sorensen cb8772504a rtl8xxxu: Split rtl8xxxu_init_phy_bb() into device specific functions
This reduces the if () clutter. Longer term it probably makes sense to
split this between gen1 (8723au/8188cu/8192cu) and gen2
(8192eu/8723bu) devices.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:38 +03:00
Jes Sorensen bd8fe40cc4 rtl8xxxu: Use descriptive bits for setting RX paths for 1T2R parts
This reduce the use of magic values a little.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:37 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 9068308ad1 rtl8xxxu: Correctly mask what was read from REG_CCK0_AFE_SETTING
The old code incorrectly wiped out bits 0-23 by mistake when setting
the RX path for 1T parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:36 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 15f9dc9923 rtl8xxxu: Remove unused 8723bu path B IQ calibration code
The 8723bu is a combo WiFi/BT dongle, and path B is not used for WiFi,
so no point in calibrating it.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:35 +03:00
Jes Sorensen fe62171fb5 rtl8xxxu: Remove misleading warning from rtl8192eu_phy_iqcalibrate()
No actual code flow change, but no need to warn about something that
isn't a prioblem.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:34 +03:00
Jes Sorensen a49c7ce183 rtl8xxxu: Name RX descriptor types rxdesc16/rxdesc24
This caught a bug where too little memory was allocated for RX urbs
for parts using 24 byte RX descriptors

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:33 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 2cb79eb74f rtl8xxxu: byteswap the entire RX descriptor for 24 byte RX descriptors
This shouldn't affect little endian system, but may have prevented the
driver working on big endian systems for devices with the larger 24
byte RX descriptors.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:32 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 55c0b6ae1e rtl8xxxu: Use has_s0s1 for REG_S0S1 issues only
Instead use tx_desc_size() to distinguish between gen1
(8723a/8192c/8188c) and gen2 (8723b/8192e) parts.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:31 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 57e42a21a9 rtl8xxxu: Implment rtl8192e_set_tx_power()
8192eu is a 2T part, so setting TX power for path A only, as done by
rtl8723bu_set_tx_power() is not sufficient.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:30 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 5bdb6b0859 rtl8xxxu: Do not try to set REG_LEDCFG2 on 8192eu
Presumably 8192eu devices do not have leds, so do not enable them.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:29 +03:00
Jes Sorensen b816901b3d rtl8xxxu: Do not init FPGA0_TX_INFO on 8192eu
Like the 8723bu, the vendor driver does not set FPGA0_TX_INFO for
8192eu in the init sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:28 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 2e7c7b347d rtl8xxxu: Do not set REG_PBP on 8192eu
The vendor driver does not set REG_PBP on 8192eu. Whether this is due
to the device not supporting it or simply an oversight in the vendor
driver is not clear.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:27 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 0486e80b2a rtl8xxxu: Reorder chip quirks to follow flow of 8192eu driver
Another flow order change to match the vendor driver.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:26 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 89c2a097df rtl8xxxu: Implement generic init_queue_reserved_page() function
Longer term we should switch all the chips over to use this function
instead of the random chip specific ifdef hacks.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:25 +03:00
Jes Sorensen 59b24dad20 rtl8xxxu: Reorg more code to match the flow of the 8192eu vendor driver
This further reorganizes the init code flow to match that of the
8192eu vendor driver. This helps diffing the register write log
against that of the vendor driver.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:24 +03:00
Jes Sorensen c157863d99 rtl8xxxu: Reorder parts of init code to match the 8192eu vendor code flow
In order to debug 8192eu support, reorder some init code to match the
flow of the vendor driver.

Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:36:23 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 85abfb1239 mwifiex: make mwifiex_insert_cmd_to_free_q local static
after factoring out mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd
the function is not called outside of cmdevt file
moved function to head of file to avoid forward declaration,
also moved mwifiex_recycle_cmd_node since they are very similar

Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:55 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart c70ca8cb9a mwifiex: factor out mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd
Releasing the scan_pending lock in mwifiex_check_next_scan_command
introduces a short window where pending scan commands can be removed
or added before removing them all in mwifiex_cancel_pending_scan_cmd.
I think this is safe, since the worst thing to happen is that a
pending scan cmd is removed by the command handler. Adding new scan
commands is not possible while one is pending, see scan_processing flag.
Since all commands are removed from the queue anyway, we don't care if
some commands are removed by a different code path earlier, the final
state remains the same.
I assume, that the critical section needed for the check has been
extended over clearing the pending scan queue out of convenience. The
lock was already held and releasing it and grab it again was just
more work. It doesn't seem to be necessary because of concurrency.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:50 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 948ad6b349 mwifiex: scan: replace pointer arithmetic with array access
improves readability

Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:48 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 679b687bc9 mwifiex: scan: factor out dbg_security_flags
merge copy/paste code

Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:46 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 2ccf7cef0c mwifiex: scan: simplify ternary operators using gnu extension
"x ? x : y" can be simplified as "x ? : y"
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Conditionals.html#Conditionals

Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:45 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 38329568c3 mwifiex: scan: factor out has_ieee_hdr/has_vendor_hdr
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:43 +03:00
Andreas Fenkart 0a233c98a8 mwifiex: scan: simplify dereference of bss_desc fields
given this structure:
struct foo {
  struct bar {
     int baz;
  }
}

these accesses are equivalent:
(*(foo->bar)).baz
foo->bar->baz

Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:34:41 +03:00
Aviya Erenfeld 522566376a devcoredump: add scatterlist support
Add scatterlist support (dev_coredumpsg) to allow drivers to avoid
vmalloc() like dev_coredumpm(), while also avoiding the module
reference that the latter function requires.

This internally uses dev_coredumpm() with function inside the
devcoredump module, requiring removing the const
(which touches the driver using it.)

Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2016-04-15 11:20:32 -07:00
Oleksij Rempel de478a6138 ath9k: ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate: add missing mask_m & mask_p initialisation
by moving common code to ar5008_hw_cmn_spur_mitigate i forgot to move
mask_m & mask_p initialisation. This coused a performance regression
on ar9281.

Fixes: f911085ffa ("ath9k: split ar5008_hw_spur_mitigate and reuse common code in ar9002_hw_spur_mitigate.")
Reported-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Tested-by: Gustav Frederiksen <lkml2017@openmailbox.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.2+
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-15 21:03:54 +03:00
Hariprasad Shenai 67e658794c cxgb4: Set VPD size so we can read both VPD structures
Chelsio adapters have two VPD structures stored in the VPD:

  - offset 0x000: an abbreviated VPD, and
  - offset 0x400: the complete VPD.

After 104daa71b3 ("PCI: Determine actual VPD size on first access"), the
PCI core computes the valid VPD size by parsing the VPD starting at offset
0x0.  That size only includes the abbreviated VPD structure, so reads of
the complete VPD at 0x400 fail.

Explicitly set the VPD size with pci_set_vpd_size() so the driver can read
both VPD structures.

[bhelgaas: changelog, split patches, rename to pci_set_vpd_size() and
return int (not ssize_t)]
Fixes: 104daa71b3 ("PCI: Determine actual VPD size on first access")
Tested-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
2016-04-15 13:00:18 -05:00
Jiri Pirko b94cdabbf1 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Use MLXSW_SP_PB_UNUSED define for unused pb
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 13:02:43 -04:00
Jiri Pirko ce78f02042 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Use designated initializers for mlxsw_sp_pbs
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 13:02:42 -04:00
Paolo Abeni 608b997726 tun: use per cpu variables for stats accounting
Currently the tun device accounting uses dev->stats without applying any
kind of protection, regardless that accounting happens in preemptible
process context.
This patch move the tun stats to a per cpu data structure, and protect
the updates with  u64_stats_update_begin()/u64_stats_update_end() or
this_cpu_inc according to the stat type. The per cpu stats are
aggregated by the newly added ndo_get_stats64 ops.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 22:55:25 -04:00
Felix Fietkau c02bc350f9 bgmac: fix MAC soft-reset bit for corerev > 4
Only core revisions older than 4 use BGMAC_CMDCFG_SR_REV0. This mainly
fixes support for BCM4708A0KF SoCs with Ethernet core rev 5 (it means
only some devices as most of BCM4708A0KF-s got core rev 4).
This was tested for regressions on BCM47094 which doesn't seem to care
which bit gets used.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 21:17:14 -04:00
Bjørn Mork c5b5343cfb cdc_mbim: apply "NDP to end" quirk to all Huawei devices
We now have a positive report of another Huawei device needing
this quirk: The ME906s-158 (12d1:15c1).  This is an m.2 form
factor modem with no obvious relationship to the E3372 (12d1:157d)
we already have a quirk entry for.  This is reason enough to
believe the quirk might be necessary for any number of current
and future Huawei devices.

Applying the quirk to all Huawei devices, since it is crucial
to any device affected by the firmware bug, while the impact
on non-affected devices is negligible.

The quirk can if necessary be disabled per-device by writing
N to /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/ndp_to_end

Reported-by: Andreas Fett <andreas.fett@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 21:04:04 -04:00
Rafał Miłecki b4dfd8e929 bgmac: reset & enable Ethernet core before using it
This fixes Ethernet on D-Link DIR-885L with BCM47094 SoC. Felix reported
similar fix was needed for his BCM4709 device (Buffalo WXR-1900DHP?).
I tested this for regressions on BCM4706, BCM4708A0 and BCM47081A0.

Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 17:15:55 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 2d0ed39fbd mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Implement occupancy monitoring
Implement occupancy API introduced in devlink and mlxsw core. This is
done by accessing SBPM register for Port-Pool and SBSR for Port-TC
current and max occupancy values. Max clear is implemented using the
same registers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:06 -04:00
Jiri Pirko caf7297e7a mlxsw: core: Introduce support for asynchronous EMAD register access
So far it was possible to have one EMAD register access at a time,
locked by mutex. This patch extends this interface to allow multiple
EMAD register accesses to be in fly at once. That allows faster
processing on firmware side avoiding unused time in between EMADs.
Measured speedup is ~30% for shared occupancy snapshot operation.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:06 -04:00
Jiri Pirko dd9bdb04d2 mlxsw: core: Add mlxsw specific workqueue and use it for FDB notif. processing
Follow-up patch is going to need to use delayed work as well and
frequently. The FDB notification processing is already using that and
also quite frequently. It makes sense to create separate workqueue just
for mlxsw driver in this case and do not pollute system_wq.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:06 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 42a7f1d774 mlxsw: reg: Extend SBPM register for occupancy control
Since it is not possible to get and clear Port-Pool occupancy data using
SBSR register, there's a need to implement that using SBPM.
Extend pack helper and add unpack helper to get occupancy values.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:06 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 26176def3c mlxsw: reg: Add Shared Buffer Status register definition
This register allows to query HW for current and maximal buffer usage.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:05 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 1ceecc88d2 mlxsw: core: Add devlink shared buffer occupancy callbacks
Add middle layer in mlxsw core code to forward shared buffer occupancy
calls into specific ASIC drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:05 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 0f433fa0ec mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Implement shared buffer configuration
Implement previously introduced mlxsw core shared buffer API.
For Spectrum, that is done utilizing registers SBPR, SBCM and SBPM.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:05 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 325f2f197d mlxsw: core: Add mlxsw_core_port_driver_priv helper
Needed in following patch.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:05 -04:00
Jiri Pirko c30a53c7de mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Get max_buff defaults into limits exposed to user
Although the device supports max_buff magic values 0 and 0xff, these are
not exposed to the user via devlink.
Therefore, adjust the default values to be within configurable range.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:05 -04:00
Jiri Pirko bc872506f5 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Change initialization of PG 9
As explained in commit ff6551ec0c ("mlxsw: spectrum: Correctly
configure headroom size") control packets are directed to priority group
buffer 9 (PG9) in the ports' headroom buffers.

Since we don't want to drop control packets in case they can't be
admitted to the switch's shared buffer we bind PG9 to a different
ingress pool from the one used by all other PGs.

Unlike other PGs, we currently don't expose the binding between PG9 to a
pool and leave it fixed.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:04 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 5408f7cba3 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Remove eg pool 3 default init and CPU port TC binding to it
Since there is no congestion control for CPU port traffic, we can change
the CPU port TC binding to pool 0 with min_buff and max_buff zeroed.
Remove initialization for pool egress pool 3 since it is no longer used
by dafault.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:04 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 078f9c7132 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Cache shared buffer configuration
In order to achieve faster dumping of current setting and also in order
to provide possibility to get pool mode without a need to query hardware,
do cache the configuration in driver.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:04 -04:00
Jiri Pirko aa99bc70ba mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Rename "pool" to "pr" in initialization
Be consintent with rest of the registers (pm, cm) and use "pr" here.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:04 -04:00
Jiri Pirko b11c3b4018 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Push out indexes and direction out of SB structs
Structs are in arrays so use array index as pool/tc/prio index. With
that, there is need to maintain separate arrays for ingress and egress.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:04 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 94266e3278 mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Push out shared buffer register writes
Pushed them into helper functions.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:03 -04:00
Jiri Pirko a6179bf0d1 mlxsw: core: Add devlink shared buffer callbacks
Add middle layer in mlxsw core code to forward shared buffer calls
into specific ASIC drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:03 -04:00
Kalle Valo 4d16544d0b ath10k: fix parenthesis alignment
Found by checkpatch:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:6800: Alignment should match open parent

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-14 17:30:56 +03:00
Kalle Valo 8f4ffb7de9 ath10k: prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy()
Fixes checkpatch warning:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.c:5800: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-14 17:30:55 +03:00
Kalle Valo c178da58c7 ath10k: prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
Fixes checkpatch warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:452: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/mac.c:455: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/txrx.c:133: Prefer ether_addr_equal() or ether_addr_equal_unaligned() over memcmp()

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-14 17:30:53 +03:00
Kalle Valo beeb1a302f ath10k: prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
Fixes checkpatch warnings:

drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1477: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt.h:1480: Prefer kernel type 'u64' over 'u_int64_t'

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-14 17:30:52 +03:00
Kalle Valo 14e105cd40 ath10k: fix checkpatch warnings related to spaces
Fix checkpatch warnings about use of spaces with operators:

spaces preferred around that '*' (ctx:VxV)

This has been recently added to checkpatch.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-14 17:30:51 +03:00
Vishal Thanki 84349698f0 mwifiex: fix the incorrect WARN_ON during suspend
During system suspend, there is a kernel WARNING issued if there
is a pending command present. By marking the wait queue disabled
after calling the command completion routine fixes it.

Signed-off-by: Vishal Thanki <vishalthanki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-14 16:03:44 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar bcc920e8f0 mwifiex: fix incorrect ht capability problem
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS and IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS channel
flags tell if HT40 operation is allowed on a channel or not.

This patch ensures ht_capability information is modified
accordingly so that we don't end up creating a HT40 connection
when it's not allowed for current regulatory domain.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-14 16:01:47 +03:00
Xinming Hu c3ec0ff642 mwifiex: do not wait on semaphore during card removal
Host hang is observed if card is removed before firmware download
gets completed. In this case, firmware will be failed to download and
adapter structure gets freed.

In other thread, mwifiex_remove_card() waits on semaphore until the
firmware download fails. This wait is not necessary and may result in
invalid adapter access.

This patch uses down_trylock to return immediately so that hang issue
won't occur.

Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-14 16:01:46 +03:00
Shengzhen Li b9db397879 mwifiex: add default setting for pcie firmware download
This patch adds default setting for pcie firmware download name in
case that there are newer chipset version.

Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-14 16:01:45 +03:00
Shengzhen Li e87650bce9 mwifiex: add pcie usb/uart firmware download support
This patch adds support for downloading usb/uart firmware for
8997 chipset by reading the chip version.

Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
2016-04-14 16:01:44 +03:00